SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 022318
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
DELAWARE 76-0306940
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
15710 JOHN F. KENNEDY BLVD., SUITE 700
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77032-2347
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES, INCLUDING ZIP CODE)
(713) 507-1100
(REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT:
NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
TITLE OF EACH CLASS ON WHICH REGISTERED
$.01 PAR VALUE CLASS A COMMON STOCK NONE
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT: NONE
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]
There were 13,790,110 shares of the Registrant's Class A Common Stock
outstanding as of the close of business on May 1, 1998. The aggregate market
value of the Registrant's Class A Common Stock held by non-affiliates was
$10,664,316 (based upon the price of $1.13 on May 1, 1998 as reported on the
OTC bulletin board system.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE - NONE
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
COMPANY OVERVIEW
APS Holding Corporation ("APS Holding") and its subsidiaries (collectively
referred to as the "Company") is a leading warehouse distributor of automotive
replacement parts in the United States, supplying over 1,650 parts stores owned
by associated jobbers and 273 Big-A Company-owned stores and 214 Installers
Service Warehouses ("ISWs") as of January 31, 1998 ("Fiscal Year 1998"). The
Company principally serves the wholesale segment of the automotive parts
aftermarket. As of January 31, 1998, the Company has a network of 27
distribution centers in 26 states. The distribution centers offer over 160,000
stock keeping units ("SKUs"), including a broad array of nationally recognized
replacement parts, tools, equipment, supplies and accessories under its Big-A(R)
brand name, private label name as well as manufacturers' brand names.
The Company's Big-A program offers a number of benefits to stores owned by
independent automotive parts store operators ("jobbers") that participate in the
program, including (i) a broad selection of product lines; (ii) brand name
identity, including national advertising programs; (iii) access to flexible
purchasing programs; (iv) overnight delivery of parts; and (v) a comprehensive
package of services, including assistance in marketing, cataloging, inventory
control, accounting, management and employee training. Many of the Company's
associated jobbers and Big-A Company-owned stores are located in communities
with populations of less than 25,000 people. The Company believes that jobbers
located in smaller communities are well suited to the Big-A program because the
customer base within these communities generally is not large enough to support
the investment necessary to enable a jobber to obtain on its own the benefits of
the Big-A program. In contrast, ISW targets customers in larger metropolitan
areas typically not served by the Company's associated jobbers or Big-A
Company-owned stores. The ISWs have been designed to meet the needs of their
targeted customer base - the professional installer.
The ISWs were originally opened as a two-step distribution system as a
separate operating unit within the Company. During the latter half of Fiscal
Year 1998, the Company made the decision to integrate the ISWs into the existing
Big-A system and operate both Big-A units and ISW units as a single business
unit with a single management. This integration is intended to change the ISW
units from two to three step distribution and allow for greater cost
efficiencies by operating as a single business unit. At year-end a majority of
this consolidation had taken place. The Company expects that greater cost
savings should continue to accrue throughout the year ended January 30, 1999
("Fiscal Year 1999").
APS Holding, which was formed in 1989 to acquire A.P.S., Inc. ("APS") from
Wickes Companies, Inc. ("Wickes"), first offered its Class A Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), to the public in September
1993.
CHAPTER 11 REORGANIZATION
On February 2, 1998, APS Holding Corporation, its subsidiary APS and each
of the principal subsidiaries of APS filed petitions for reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court"). Each of such
corporations is presently operating its business as a debtor in possession in
such proceedings (the "Chapter 11 Proceedings").
2
<PAGE>
EVENTS LEADING TO THE FILING
Since its initial public offering in 1993, the Company pursued aggressive
acquisition and ISW expansion programs in order to obtain increased market
share. These programs (including the acquisition of Parts, Inc. which is
described below) consumed significant financial resources and resulted in the
Company becoming highly leveraged. The Company had attempted to address these
problems during Fiscal Year 1998 by closing unprofitable locations, reducing
headcount and reducing inventory. Notwithstanding these initiatives, however,
these problems, in conjunction with competitive pressures in the industry,
shrinking cash flow, and large debt payments, led the Company to file Chapter
11.
EFFECT OF CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS
The matters described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, to the extent
that they relate to future events or expectations, may be significantly affected
by the Chapter 11 Proceedings. Those proceedings will involve or result in
various restrictions on the Company's activities, limitations on financing, the
need to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval for various matters and uncertainty as
to relationships with vendors, suppliers, customers and others with whom the
Company may conduct or seek to conduct business. In particular, many vendors are
providing less favorable terms and contractual benefits, including cash
discounts than those existing prior to the Chapter 11 Proceedings and the
Company's key vendors, representing more than 80% of the Company's annual
purchases, are requiring cash payments. While the Company will seek to obtain
more advantageous terms as the proceedings progress, there can be no assurance
that it will be successful in this regard.
The Company has undertaken a number of activities since the bankruptcy
filing that are intended to address industry-wide and Company specific problems.
Among the initiatives developed are: programs to better manage credit policy and
accounts receivable collection, programs to reduce selling, general and
administrative expense throughout the Company, and consideration of possible
store, ISWs and distribution center closings.
LIQUIDITY ISSUES
As described elsewhere in this document, the Company obtained a $100
million Debtor-In-Possession financing facility from a bank group for which The
Chase Manhattan Bank, the agent for the Company's pre-petition bank lender
group, acts as agent. Interim financing of $45 million was approved pursuant to
a first day bankruptcy order on February 2, 1998. The Company received final
approval of the entire facility on February 26, 1998. The amount of new loans
that may be outstanding at any time may not exceed a maximum that varies from
month to month, ranging from $40 million to $65 million (exclusive of letters of
credit).
THE PI ACQUISITION
On January 25, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Parts, Inc. ("PI"), an automotive parts distributor, from GKN Parts Industries
Corporation ("GKN Parts") for a purchase price, as adjusted, of $74.9 million
(the "PI Acquisition"). At the time of the PI Acquisition, the PI distribution
network was comprised of approximately 850 parts stores owned by PI's associated
jobbers and more than 125 Big-A Company-owned stores, all of which were serviced
through PI's 14 distribution centers. PI's customer base at such time was
primarily located in markets where the Company had a relatively minor presence,
including Arkansas, Oklahoma, Texas, Tennessee, Kentucky, Mississippi, Alabama,
West Virginia and Michigan.
3
<PAGE>
INTEGRATION PLAN
During the fiscal year ended January 25, 1997 ("Fiscal Year 1997"), the
Company implemented an aggressive plan to integrate PI's operations with those
at the Company. This integration plan called for the closure of numerous PI
facilities, including nine distribution centers and 27 stores, as well as the
closure of two APS distribution centers. As a result of such closures and the
sale of certain store facilities in Mississippi and Florida, there were five PI
distribution centers and 64 PI Big-A Company-owned stores remaining at January
31, 1998.
In addition, the integration plan called for the changeover of PI's
product lines from Parts Plus to Big-A brands, which was completed during Fiscal
Year 1998. In accordance with the Company's PI integration plans, approximately
half of the more than 125 Big-A Company-owned stores were closed or sold and
approximately one-third of the over 850 former PI associate jobbers were not
changed over to the Company's product lines. The majority of such jobbers were
intentionally not changed over to the Company's product lines because they did
not meet the Company's standards for sales volume and profitability or were in
markets already serviced by Big-A jobbers.
The Company also negotiated deferred payment terms, changeover and
acquisition incentives and other one-time special privileges from its suppliers
in connection with the integration of PI and the changeover of product lines.
Such deferred payment terms, which allowed the Company to defer the payment of
certain accounts payable, required the Company to make payments beginning in the
Fiscal Year 1997 continuing through the following two fiscal years. However, as
a result of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, these deferred payments represent
prepetition claims and the actual amounts to be paid and the timing of such
payments will be determined through Bankruptcy Court proceedings. The Company's
costs of integrating PI and changing over product lines were offset by
changeover and acquisition incentives. In addition to offsetting direct
integration costs, the Company used a portion of such incentives to offset
indirect costs, operational inefficiencies and general business disruption
resulting from the PI integration during Fiscal Year 1997.
Integration efforts and the changeover of PI's product line to the
Company's product line consumed financial and operating resources and demanded
extensive managerial focus and attention, which contributed to the Company's
operating problems during Fiscal Years 1997 and 1998.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The total market for automotive replacement parts (excluding tires and
service) was approximately $100.7 billion (based upon the price paid by end
users) in 1997 as measured by Lang Marketing Resources, Inc. ("Lang"). (Unless
otherwise indicated, the industry size and growth, market share and competitive
position data contained in this Form 10-K are based on retail sales by dollar
amount.) The market is composed of two basic segments: Passenger car and light
truck products, a market accounting for sales of $72.5 billion in 1997, and
heavy duty truck and other products, a market accounting for sales of $28.2
billion in 1997. The Company principally operates in the passenger car and light
truck market, and currently does not have a significant presence in the heavy
duty truck market.
The market for passenger car and light truck products has two basic sales
channels: (i) wholesale or installed parts service, serving professional
installers, vehicle dealers, retail auto parts stores and other distributors,
and (ii) retail, serving do-it-yourself retail customers. The wholesale segment
is the Company's primary area of focus. Based on Lang data, the Company believes
that the wholesale segment represents over two-thirds of sales, or approximately
$52.9 billion, of the passenger car and light truck product market (based upon
the price paid by end-
4
<PAGE>
users), while the retail segment accounts for the remaining approximately $19.6
billion.
The size of the entire automotive parts aftermarket has continued to
increase in recent years. In addition, according to industry sources, revenues
generated by sales to professional installers have grown more quickly during
this period than revenues from the do-it-yourself sector. The Company believes
that this growth is attributable in part to several favorable market trends,
including the following (i) continuing growth in the size of the national fleet
of vehicles; (ii) growth in the miles driven each year; (iii) growth in the
number of vehicles in the prime repair age range of five to ten years old, and
the continued aging of the U.S. vehicle fleet; (iv) proliferation of the number
of automotive parts resulting from an increase in the number of domestic and
imported automotive vehicle models; and (v) increasing complexity of vehicles
and the maturing of the population (and related increase in purchasing power),
which the Company believes will lead to an increasing propensity for vehicle
owners to favor installed parts service over do-it-yourself repairs. The
increasing quality of new vehicles and extended manufacturers' warranties,
however, are reducing the impact of these trends on the growth of the automotive
parts aftermarket.
WHOLESALE DISTRIBUTION
The Company has principally operated in the wholesale distribution
segment. Traditionally, this segment has distributed automotive parts using a
three-step distribution process. With three-step distribution, parts
manufacturers deliver parts to warehouse distributors ("WDs"), who then deliver
to local jobbers who sell individual parts to end users. Three-step distribution
allows jobbers to provide rapid parts availability to local area professional
installers, including service stations, garages and national accounts such as
Firestone Service Centers and Sears Tire Group. Three-step distribution is
characterized at the WD level by large product assortments. By making available
lower-turnover SKUs from a WD on a next-day basis, the jobber provides local
professional installers with timely access to the specific assortment of parts
they need to complete repair jobs as they arise.
The proliferation of the number of vehicle models, resulting in an
increase in the number of automotive parts, has created large inventory
requirements which, in turn, have had dramatic effects on both WDs and jobbers.
Increased inventory typically translates into slower inventory turnover and a
larger working capital investment. In recent years in order to compete
effectively, WDs and jobbers require more capital to fund the purchase of
additional inventory and to invest in other expenditures which improve
productivity. As a result, many less well-capitalized WDs and jobbers have sold
or merged their businesses with WDs and jobbers with greater access to capital.
As an alternative to selling or combining their businesses, WDs and jobbers have
joined programmed distribution groups. Programmed distribution groups are
largely comprised of WDs, independently-owned jobbers and jobber chains who join
together in order to benefit from purchasing efficiencies, increased
informational and financial support, and services including marketing,
cataloging, accounting, management, employee training and inventory control. The
Company's competitors include several national programmed distribution groups as
well as a number of regional programmed distribution groups. Three leading,
nationally recognized programmed distribution groups are National Automotive
Parts Association ("NAPA"), APS/Big-A and Carquest. The Company competes with
NAPA, Carquest and other programmed distribution groups on the basis of product
availability, service and price.
RETAIL DISTRIBUTION
The retail segment of aftermarket distribution channels has undergone
significant changes in recent years as a result of, among other factors,
intensified competitive pressures, parts proliferation and computer-driven
efficiencies. Jobbers have tended not to focus on or market effectively to the
retail or do-it-yourself customer. In response, companies such as AutoZone have
developed an effective alternative to the traditional jobber for the retail
5
<PAGE>
customer by emphasizing convenient locations, advertising and product lines
focused on the retail customer.
The wholesale segment, as previously mentioned, accounts for over
two-thirds of the automotive parts aftermarket, while the retail segment
accounts for the remainder. In the past several years, certain retailers such as
AutoZone and CSK Auto Corporation have added programs that are intended to add
the professional installer to their customer profile. Typically, in order to
serve the professional (or wholesale) market, a retailer has to provide
experienced customer service, rapid delivery, more extensive inventory directed
toward professional installers and merchandise credit. The extent to which
retailers will be able to make inroads into the wholesale market will be
dependent upon whether they are able to provide the best availability, service,
quality and price.
THE BIG-A PROGRAM AND ASSOCIATED JOBBERS
The Company provides the associated jobbers that participate in the Big-A
program with (i) brand name recognition as well as a private label; (ii) access
to flexible purchasing programs; and (iii) a comprehensive package of services,
including assistance in marketing, cataloging, accounting, management and
employee training and inventory control. The cornerstones of the Company's Big-A
program merchandising strategy include Big-A brand name and private label parts,
a national cooperative advertising program, a store merchandising assistance
program and Big-A store identification.
The jobbers that participate in the Big-A program generally operate
independently owned, full-line automotive parts stores that sell parts to a wide
variety of customers, including service stations, repair shops, garages,
dealers, farmers, fleet operators and "do-it-yourself " retail customers.
Management estimates that the average associated jobber purchases from the
Company approximately 80 percent of its inventory in the product lines carried
by the Company. While in general, associated jobbers are not contractually
obligated to buy all of their products from the Company or to maintain their
relationships with the Company, a number of associated jobbers, including new
associated jobbers, have entered into agreements to purchase their inventory
from the Company. Such agreements typically have five year terms and require the
associated jobber to purchase an average of 80% of their inventory from the
Company. The Company's traditional jobber base has been composed predominantly
of single-store jobbers, a majority of which have been located in rural and
suburban areas.
While the total number of associated jobber stores that participate in the
Big-A program increased significantly as a result of the PI Acquisition, the
Company typically gains and loses associated jobber stores during any given
year. Associated jobber stores are typically lost or removed by the Company as a
result of store closures or inadequate financial performance. Associated jobbers
are also lost because they change distributors, become independent or are
purchased by one of the Company's competitors. Per store average annual
purchases made by the associated jobber stores that have been added to the Big-A
program since January 1993, excluding PI jobber stores, have been higher than
those of the stores that were lost during the same period. Since the bankruptcy
filing, the Company has experienced a higher level of jobber loss compared to
Fiscal Year 1998 losses, while the addition of new jobbers has slowed. The
Company may lose further jobber business as a result of the Chapter 11
Proceedings, which losses could materially impact the Company's revenues.
As part of the Big-A program, the Company has assisted a number of its
associated jobbers in establishing Installers' Express outlets. An Installers'
Express outlet utilizes a modified two-step distribution arrangement, in which
approximately one-half of the inventory sold to it by the Company (including
most high volume product lines) is shipped to it directly from manufacturers,
and the remainder is delivered by the Company's distribution centers. This
distribution format provides the high volume jobber with the cost benefits of
two-step distribution for its highest volume product lines, while also providing
the product selection and depth of three-step distribution. At January 31, 1998,
there were 121 Installers' Express outlets operated by associate jobbers.
6
<PAGE>
The Company also has an on-line point-of-sale ordering system that enables
each distribution center to receive daily orders from most of the Company's
Big-A associated jobbers and Big-A Company-owned stores. At January 31, 1998,
over 87% of the Company's Big-A jobbers and Big-A Company-owned stores were
directly connected to their sponsoring distribution center by computer, thus
minimizing order processing time and improving the Company's ability to control
its inventory. The Company provides overnight delivery on almost all orders to
its associated jobbers. During Fiscal Year 1998, the average order fill rate was
approximately 92.5%.
The Company also offers inventory management and accounting services to
each associated jobber as part of the Big-A program. The Company's Autopoint
software package and other Company-developed software packages provide the Big-A
associated jobber with a variety of management reports. In addition, each such
associated jobber is assigned a Company territory sales manager. In conjunction
with the Company's classification/obsolescence program, which recommends what
parts the jobber should stock to best serve its market, territory sales managers
review the inventory position of each of the jobbers. In addition to providing
marketing advice and merchandising assistance, the territory sales managers
recommend to the jobber the parts and products it should return to the Company.
During Fiscal Year 1998, Big-A associated jobbers returned approximately 12% of
their annual purchases to the Company (in addition to returns of defective and
recyclable products and returns in connection with changeovers of jobber
inventory to the lines carried by the Big-A program). Most such returns were
either resold or returned to the Company's suppliers. While the returns policies
of the Company's suppliers vary, most permitted returns, prior to the Company's
Chapter 11 Proceedings. Currently, such returns are being held for resale. The
Company is currently negotiating with vendors to restore returns priviledges to
its pre-bankruptcy levels although the success of such negotiations cannot be
assumed.
Over 200 manufacturers' representatives work exclusively with Big-A
jobbers and call on independent professional mechanics to promote Big-A brand
products and provide technical support. In addition, there are over 750
non-exclusive manufacturers' representatives promoting both Big-A or
manufacturers' national brand products through the Big-A network. This marketing
approach develops "pull-through" at the installer level and keeps the
independent mechanic abreast of changes in products, competitive circumstances
and business building opportunities. Subsequent to year end, two major
manufacturers began reviewing their programs and may reduce this service to
their customers in the future.
BIG-A COMPANY-OWNED STORES AND INSTALLERS' SERVICE WAREHOUSES
As indicated above, the Company has pursued aggressive acquisition and ISW
expansion programs over the last four years, since its initial public offering
in 1993. Such programs and, particularly with regard to Fiscal Year 1997,
integrating PI into the Company's business consumed significant financial
and operating resources and demanded extensive managerial focus and attention.
During Fiscal Year 1998, the Company re-focused its efforts and resources from
such aggressive growth programs to improving both the execution of its business
strategy and its management information systems. In conjunction with such
efforts, the Company commenced implementation of a comprehensive restructuring
program focused on the goals of reducing costs, improving cash flow and
achieving profitability. Through January 31, 1998 this program has included the
consolidation of its ISW and Big-A Company-owned store operations under one
management group, other operational changes in the ISW business, the closure of
approximately 100 Big-A Company-owned stores and ISW units, implementation of
Company-wide cost control and cost reduction programs (including field and
corporate level staff reductions) and implementation of new management
information systems pursuant to a multi-year plan developed with outside
consultants. During the quarter ended July 25, 1997, the Company recognized a
charge of approximately $8.7 million for restructuring costs associated with
such program. Additionally, charges for inventory write-offs and incremental bad
debt expense of $1.3 million and $1.8 million,
7
<PAGE>
respectively, were recorded during such quarter to cost of goods sold and
selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively, in connection with
facility closures designated in such program.
Historically, operating results for the ISW division have been below those
of the Company's traditional businesses and the ISW division has generally
experienced operating losses. During Fiscal Year 1998, the Company has shifted
its focus from aggressive growth of the ISW business to refining and improving
both the execution of this division's business strategy and its systems. To that
end, the Company has significantly reconfigured its ISW business as part of the
comprehensive restructuring program discussed above. During the quarter ended
October 25, 1997, the Company consolidated the operations, management and sales
forces of the ISW and Company-owned store divisions. The Company has also begun
to broaden the product offerings at the ISW units while at the same time the
Company is steadily reducing average inventory levels in ISW locations. The
Company has also largely completed its program to supply such units from the
Company's distribution centers as it has traditionally done for its Big-A
Company-owned stores. Such consolidation of the Company-owned store and ISW
operations and other operational changes in the ISW business are expected to
reduce both inventory and selling, general and administrative expenses.
Management's inventory reduction initiatives reduced the Company's inventory
approximately $41.9 million between the end of the first quarter and fourth
quarter of Fiscal Year 1998, primarily at the ISW business.
The Company continually reviews the position of its Big-A Company-owned
stores in the respective markets in which they operate. This review process has
led and will continue to lead to the rationalization of stores whose performance
does not achieve targeted return on investment objectives. At January 31, 1998,
the number of Big-A Company-owned stores and ISWs is 273 and 214, respectively,
down from 300 and 270, respectively, at January 25, 1997.
THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS
The Company's current Big-A program inventory system contains over 160,000
SKUs, which are sourced from over 100 suppliers. It carries a diverse line of
high quality automotive replacement parts marketed by the Company under the
nationally recognized brand name Big-A. These parts include brakes, belts,
hoses, filters, temperature control parts, tune-up parts, shock absorbers,
batteries, exhaust systems and remanufactured alternators, water pumps, clutches
and starters. The Company also distributes various related products, including
tools, equipment, supplies and accessories. In addition, the Company carries a
more limited line of lower priced automotive replacement parts and related
products distributed under the brand name AutoPro (R). For Fiscal Year 1998,
approximately 64% of the Company's net sales were derived from the Big-A product
line and related Company private label brand names. The remainder of the
Company's net sales were derived from manufacturers' branded products.
SUPPLIERS
Most major categories of automotive replacement parts have more than one
competitive supplier. However, the Company typically sources each of its Big-A
program product lines from one supplier. The Company's management believes that
the Company's status as a key customer has historically led suppliers to provide
flexible pricing and delivery terms and substantial marketing support, as well
as service, training and other inducements. Prior to the Chapter 11 Proceeding,
the Company's suppliers allowed the Company to defer payment for certain product
lines for several months or longer, typically in connection with an acquisition
and the related changeover of a group of auto parts stores to the Big-A program
product lines. For example, the Company negotiated significant deferred payment
terms and other changeover incentives from its suppliers in connection with the
PI Acquisition. From time to time, the Company was also extended deferred
payment terms in connection with
8
<PAGE>
promotional programs or seasonal products, in which case the Company generally
then offered the same terms to its customers. However, as a result of the
Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company's key vendors are requiring cash in advance
and are withholding purchasing support while other suppliers have shortened
payment terms from the levels offered pre-petition. While the Company will seek
to obtain more advantageous terms as the proceedings progress, there can be no
assurance that it will be sucessful in this regard. The Company has a central
purchasing department which deals directly with manufacturers, and also has a
computerized inventory control program for its distribution centers that tracks
sales and recommends adjustments to inventory levels as needed.
During Fiscal Year 1998, Cooper Industries, Inc. (including its Wagner
Brake business unit), Standard Motor Products, Inc. ("Standard Motor") and
Federal-Mogul Corporation accounted for approximately 14%, 13% and 11%,
respectively, of all of the Company's product purchases. While no other single
supplier supplies more than 10% of the Company's products, approximately 69% of
the Company's products are provided by ten suppliers. Management believes that
alternative sources are available for each of the Company's Big-A program
product lines. The Company's suppliers are generally able to meet the Company's
demand for products.
JOBBER FINANCING
APS's wholly owned subsidiary, Autoparts Finance Company, Inc. ("AFCO"),
provides loans to Big-A associated jobbers and assists jobbers in obtaining
appropriate financing from banks and other third party lenders subject to
limitations contained in its bank financing agreement.
At January 31, 1998, AFCO's average principal loan balance was
approximately $165,000. All AFCO loans are collateralized by substantially all
of the assets of the borrower, including inventories, and generally by personal
guarantees from principals of the borrowers. At January 31, 1998, AFCO had 146
loans in its portfolio with an aggregate principal balance of $24.0 million. A
majority of these loans are amortizing and have a seven-year maturity with a
variable interest rate tied to a prime rate. During Fiscal Year 1998, total loan
losses attributable to AFCO after liquidation of collateral were equivalent to a
loan loss ratio of approximately 0.91%.
At January 31, 1998, the largest loans in AFCO's loan portfolio were to
three of the Company's Big-A associate jobbers, who had, in the aggregate,
outstanding principal balances of $2.5 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million,
respectively. The Company expects to continue to provide loans, subject to the
availability of funds and as permitted by covenant restrictions .
Through a bank loan program sponsored by PI (the "PI Loan Program"), PI
historically provided its associated jobbers with assistance in obtaining
financing in order to fund the operation and expansion of such jobbers'
businesses. The Company had guaranteed the jobbers' obligations under the PI
Loan Program and had secured its guarantee with a letter of credit. At January
31, 1998, there were 8 loans outstanding under the PI Loan Program, having an
original aggregate principal amount of $2.8 million and an outstanding aggregate
principal amount of $0.3 million. However, subsequent to year end, on February
10, 1998 the letter of credit was exercised by First Tennessee Bank N.A and the
Company purchased the loans from First Tennessee Bank N.A. for $0.3 million.
Such loans are collateralized by substantially all of the assets of each
borrower, including inventories, and bear interest at a rate tied to a prime
rate. These loans are generally for a term of eleven months, although the terms
of these loans are often extended (at the Company's option) from year to year
and they generally amortize over a period of from 60 months to 84 months. The
Company does not intend to guarantee any additional jobber loans in the future
under the PI loan program.
9
<PAGE>
The Company has also helped to finance a small number of Big-A associate
jobbers through equity investments. In such instances, the Company may have been
required to buy out the individual stockholder's equity interest under certain
circumstances. The Company's total exposure under these buy-out arrangements was
approximately $818,000 at January 31, 1998. The Company also enters into
arrangements with third party lenders to jobbers whereby APS agrees in most
cases to repurchase, under certain circumstances, inventory purchased by the
jobber from the Company at approximately the same price the Company would
purchase the items in such inventory from third party suppliers. Based on
previous history, occasions on which the Company has been called upon to
repurchase such inventory have been infrequent, and, on such occasions, the
Company has successfully resold the inventory that it repurchased. The Company
believes any future performance required under these repurchase agreements will
not have a material adverse affect on its financial condition.
COMPETITION
The automotive parts replacement after market is highly fragmented and
competitive. The Company competes most directly with national and regional
warehouse distribution networks. Based on available statistics and other
published data covering the automotive aftermarket industry, the Company
believes that the largest warehouse distribution network is NAPA, the largest
member of which is Genuine Parts Company. The warehouse distribution market
contains numerous other participants, including program distribution groups such
as Carquest. These program distribution groups are collections of distribution
companies that have joined together to gain purchasing power and to benefit from
supplier concessions. The Company competes with these groups on the basis of
product availability, service and price. The Company believes that there are
several program distribution groups whose members have combined sales that are
comparable to, or greater than, those of the Company.
The Company also faces competition from national and regional retail chain
stores and, to a lesser extent, from oil companies, automobile dealers,
independent jobbers and installers who sometimes skip the warehouse distribution
level and purchase directly from manufacturers. In particular, certain retail
chain stores such as AutoZone and Pep Boys have added programs that are
specifically designed to add the professional installer to their customer
profile. In these instances, the Company believes that such retail chain stores
have increased their share of both the retail and wholesale automotive parts
aftermarket, which has tended to occur at the expense of traditional jobbers
located in the markets in which they have competed. The Company believes that
such trends have resulted in pressures on warehouse distributors to sell
products to jobbers at lower prices in order to replace lost sales volume. The
Company has also focused on assisting its associated jobbers in meeting the
demands of an increasingly competitive market through improved pricing,
marketing and merchandising.
One current industry trend arises from the increase in the number of
domestic and imported automotive vehicle models in the United States, which has
resulted in the proliferation in the number of automotive replacement parts
supplied by distributors. The Company believes that it is at a competitive
advantage to certain of its regional competitors which are not able to carry the
range of supplies of automotive replacement parts and related products stocked
by the Company. The Company also believes that industry trends toward
consolidation at the warehouse and at the jobber levels, and for independent
jobbers to become associated with program distributors, may provide the Company
with a competitive advantage over independent warehouse distributors. However,
some of the Company's competitors are larger and have access to greater
financial resources than the Company, are not as leveraged as the Company, and
do not have restrictions imposed on them as a result of filing Chapter 11.
Accordingly, these competitors may be able to take greater advantage of market
and industry trends.
10
<PAGE>
TRADEMARKS
The Big-A (including design)(R), Big-A Plus (including design)(R), ISW
(including design)(R), Installers' Express(R), Installers' Service Warehouse(R),
APS(R) and AutoPro(R) trade and service marks, which are registered in the
United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the Big-A Auto Parts trade name,
are considered material to the Company's business.
In February 1996, the Company sold its interest in the Parts Plus group of
marks, which had been acquired by the Company in the PI Acquisition, to the
Association of Automobile Aftermarket Distributors ("AAAD") for cash
consideration of $3.5 million. PI had previously licensed the same marks to AAAD
for a small yearly license fee.
EMPLOYEES
At January 31, 1998, the Company employed approximately 4,000 full-time
employees and approximately 1,400 part-time employees, of which approximately
160 are represented by unions. The Company believes its labor relations
generally to be good. The Company has made increasing use of part-time
employees, which has afforded it greater operating flexibility and reduced its
labor and benefit costs.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company's primary distribution system consists of 27 distribution
centers located in 26 states, each delivering parts daily to the jobbers and
Big-A Company-owned stores within its service area. In addition, certain of the
distribution centers have stores within the distribution facilities that sell
parts directly to customers. Each distribution center supports an average of 79
auto parts stores and carries between 49,000 and 83,000 SKUs. The locations and
sizes of the Company's distribution centers are indicated in the following
table.
LOCATION SQUARE FOOTAGE
(d)Birmingham, Alabama....................... 53,250
Phoenix, Arizona.......................... 42,500
Fairfield, California..................... 59,500
Riverside, California..................... 70,034
(a)Denver, Colorado.......................... 116,000
Manchester, Connecticut................... 50,000
Ocala, Florida............................ 100,000
Atlanta, Georgia.......................... 53,000
East Moline, Illinois..................... 105,600
Indianapolis, Indiana..................... 104,688
(a)Great Bend, Kansas........................ 62,748
Monroe, Louisiana......................... 76,000
Peabody, Massachusetts.................... 42,132
Minneapolis, Minnesota.................... 63,420
Jackson, Mississippi...................... 100,118
(a)(b)St. Louis, Missouri....................... 52,480
Omaha, Nebraska........................... 61,750
(a)Albuquerque, New Mexico................... 40,000
Latham, New York.......................... 36,000
Charlotte, North Carolina................. 76,310
(d)Columbus, Ohio............................ 53,000
Gallipolis, Ohio.......................... 110,600
11
<PAGE>
Tulsa, Oklahoma........................... 87,453
Malvern, Pennsylvania..................... 52,400
Memphis, Tennessee........................ 131,000
Carrolton, Texas.......................... 88,500
(a)Salt Lake City, Utah...................... 40,000
(a)Winchester, Virginia...................... 52,500
(c)Seattle, Washington....................... 39,168
(a)These locations are owned by the Company or are held pursuant to leases
that were entered into in connection with industrial development bond
financings that grant the Company an option to acquire the property at a
nominal price when the bonds are paid. The remaining locations are occupied
pursuant to leases having remaining terms that, at January 31, 1998, varied
from two months to ten years, three months. At January 31, 1998, the annual
rentals payable under such leases totaled approximately $4,134,837, with no
facility having an annual rental in excess of $325,950. The Company expects
that it will be able either to renew such leases as they expire, to lease
alternative premises or to consolidate operations, as appropriate. All of
these leases are operating leases, other than those covering the Phoenix and
Charlotte distribution centers.
(b)Subsequent to year end, the Company consolidated the customers of the St.
Louis distribution center into the East Moline, Indianapolis and Memphis
operations. The St. Louis facility will operate in the future as a
re-distribution center serving the distribution center network.
(c)Subsequent to year end, the Company made the decision to close the Seattle
distribution center and the Big-A Company owned store units supplied by the
Seattle warehouse.
(d)These locations operate as re-distribution centers, serving the distribution
center network.
Each distribution center is linked to a computer at the Company's data
processing center in Houston, Texas. As of January 31, 1998, the Company also
leases approximately 280 store facilities, including 17 closed stores, in 26
states with square footage ranging from approximately 2,400 to 39,105 square
feet per store. In addition, the Company leases approximately 253 ISW
facilities, including 39 closed ISWs, in 30 states with square footage ranging
from approximately 2,275 to 12,236 square feet per ISW. Subsequent to the
Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company has begun to utilize its options offered
under Chapter 11 to reject leases where appropriate, including the closed
locations. The Company's corporate headquarters' offices are located in a
facility in Houston, Texas, in which the Company currently has approximately
56,250 square feet under the lease agreements. As of January 31, 1998, the
Company also operates 2 redistribution centers to assist in the process of
reducing inventory. Management believes that the stores, ISW facilities ,
distribution centers and corporate headquarters are currently adequate for the
intended purposes and provide sufficient capacity.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On February 2, 1998 (the "Filing Date"), APS Holding Corporation, its
subsidiary A.P.S., and each of the principal subsidiaries of A.P.S. filed
petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Each of
such corporations is presently operating its business as a debtor in possession.
See Item 1 - Business and Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Upon the commencement of the
Chapter 11 Proceedings, an automatic stay went into effect which enjoins most
forms of civil litigation (including those by private parties) which either were
pending on the Filing Date or which have yet to be commenced but relate to
liabilities incurred prior to the Filing Date.
The Company is involved in various claims and disputes arising in the
normal course of business, including in the matter of BARRY S. LAMM AND LAMM
AUTO STORES, INC. V. PARTS, INC., PARTS PLUS, ET AL, which was filed in The
12
<PAGE>
Circuit Court of Mobile County, Alabama on June 21, 1996. The plaintiff in such
case seeks both compensatory and punitive damages in making a number of claims,
including both willful and reckless misrepresentation, suppression of material
fact and promissory fraud (all in violation of the Code of Alabama), and
conspiracy, breach of contract and intentional interference with contractual or
business relationships, all in connection with the operation of an automotive
parts business by the plaintiff while a customer of Parts, Inc. The Company
entered into an agreement with the plaintiff's counsel to settle this action for
a payment of $2.35 million. As a result of the Company's bankruptcy proceeding,
no payment was paid and this action, as to the Company, is now stayed. The
Company believes that the costs of defending such action, as well as the
settlement, are the subject of a contractual indemnification by GKN Parts. The
Company has made a claim for indemnity to GKN Parts, which has been denied.
APS and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation at the U.S. federal,
state and local levels and are required to obtain permits from governmental
agencies in order to conduct certain of their operations. Compliance by the
Company with the federal, state and local environmental protection laws has had
no material adverse effect upon the Company, and the Company believes that its
operations are in material compliance with all applicable permits and
environmental regulations. The Company cannot presently determine the full
consequences to it of compliance in the future with the environmental
regulations and standards that have been, and may, be issued. However, based on
current laws and regulations and the interpretation thereof, the Company has no
reason to believe that the costs of future environmental compliance would be
likely to materially adversely affect its business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial position.
The Company has been notified that it is considered a potentially
responsible party in connection with federal or state environmental clean-up
investigations at a landfill location, which is a "Superfund" site identified on
the National Priorities List of the Environmental Protection Agency in
connection with the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980. The Company has not incurred, and does not expect to
incur, any material liability, either individually or in the aggregate, in
connection with this site, although no assurance can be given in this regard.
In addition, the Company is aware of investigations of two other
locations, including one site previously operated by a former APS subsidiary. In
part because these investigations are in the preliminary stages, the Company
cannot currently estimate what liabilities, if any, it may have with respect to
these matters. The Company believes that, pursuant to an agreement with Wickes
(which is now an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Collins & Aikman
Corporation), Wickes will be required to indemnify the Company against any
liabilities associated with such former APS subsidiary's operations. Since the
divestiture from Wickes, the Company has not incurred any material liabilities
in connection with any matter for which Wickes has indemnified the Company, nor
has the Company experienced any difficulties in obtaining appropriate
indemnification for such matters as they have arisen. The Company believes,
however, that Wickes may be a highly leveraged entity, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will not experience any such difficulties in the
future.
13
<PAGE>
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
None.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Set forth below are the names, ages and present positions of the
executive officers of APS Holding as of April 25 , 1998.
NAME AGE POSITION
Bettina M. Whyte.......................... 49 President & Chief Executive
Officer
David C. Barbeau.......................... 50 Senior Vice President
John L. Hendrix........................... 49 Senior Vice President & Chief
Financial Officer
E. Eugene Lauver.......................... 51 Senior Vice President &
Secretary
Charles M. Popik.......................... 48 Senior Vice President
Michael L. Preston........................ 53 Senior Vice President
BETTINA M. WHYTE was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company on February 4, 1998. She is a principle with Jay Alix & Associates, a
leading professional services firm in the area of corporate turnarounds and
restructuring. Ms. Whyte was with Price Waterhouse LLP from 1990 to 1997 and was
National Director of Business Turnaround Services when she left them to join Jay
Alix & Associates in April 1997. She has spent more than fifteen years leading
turnarounds of under-performing and financially troubled companies.
DAVID C. BARBEAU has been Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations
since January 1993. He had been Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial
Officer prior to 1993.
JOHN L. HENDRIX has been Senior Vice President - Finance and Chief
Financial Officer since March 1997. He joined the Company in October 1996 as
Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer. From prior to 1993 until
joining the Company he held various positions, most recently Senior Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary, with Kay-Bee Toy
Stores, a national retail organization.
E. EUGENE LAUVER has been Senior Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel of APS Holding since September 1997. He held the position of Vice
President, Secretary and General Counsel since prior to 1993.
CHARLES M. POPIK has been Senior Vice President - Purchasing since April
1998. He previously served as Vice President - Purchasing since March 1995. From
prior to 1993 until joining the Company he held various purchasing positions,
most recently Vice President of Purchasing, with Parts Depot Company, L.P., a
distributor of automotive parts.
MICHAEL L. PRESTON has been Senior Vice President - Sales/Product
Management since April 1998. He previously served as Senior Vice President of
Sales & Business Development since January 1993. He had been Vice President of
New Market Development since prior to 1993.
14
<PAGE>
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS.
APS Holding's Class A Common Stock, which began trading in the
over-the-counter market on September 24, 1993, was quoted in the NASDAQ National
Market System under the symbol "APSI" until APRIL 1, 1998, as of which date such
stock was delisted from the NASDAQ National Market System due to not meeting
NASDAQ'S requirements for net tangible assets. Currently, the Company's stock
trades on the OTC bulletin board system. At January, 31, 1998, there were
approximately 710 holders of record of APS Holding's Class A Common Stock. At
January 31, 1998, no shares of APS Holding's Class B Common Stock had been
issued.
The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the
quarters indicated as reported on the NASDAQ National Market System:
FISCAL YEAR 1998: HIGH LOW
First Quarter............................. 10 1/2 6 7/8
Second Quarter............................ 10 5/8 7 1/8
Third Quarter............................. 9 3/8 6 7/8
Fourth Quarter............................ 7 5/8 7/8
FISCAL YEAR 1997:
First Quarter............................. 18 3/4 14 3/4
Second Quarter............................ 23 3/4 18
Third Quarter............................. 29 1/4 20
Fourth Quarter............................ 23 1/4 8 1/2
No dividends have been paid by APS Holding on any class of its common
stock. As a result of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company will not pay cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's bank credit agreement and
subordinated note indenture contain covenants which indirectly restrict the
declaration and payment of dividends on APS Holding's common stock.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain selected historical financial data
of the Company on a consolidated basis. The selected consolidated financial data
was derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The
selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this
Form 10-K. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years'
financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. The
reclassifications did not affect net income (loss), stockholders' equity or cash
flows for any period.
15
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JAN. 31, JAN. 25, JAN. 27, JAN. 28, JAN. 29,
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(in thousands, except per share data)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Sales .......................... $ 812,942 $ 858,739 $ 603,737 $ 523,508 $ 438,298
Cost of goods sold ................. 553,596 583,146 397,164 344,845 297,150
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross profit ....................... 259,346 275,593 206,573 178,663 141,148
Selling, general and administrative
expenses ........................... 276,943 271,754 171,210 145,722 119,304
Asset impairment and restructuring
charge ............................. 28,969 -- 11,224 -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income (loss) ............ (46,566) 3,839 24,139 32,941 21,844
Interest income .................... 5,300 5,609 5,265 3,896 3,023
Other income ....................... 200 1,765 1,535 1,535 1,277
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before writedown on
available-for-sale securities,
interest expense, income taxes,
extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of accounting change ....... (41,066) 11,213 30,939 38,372 26,144
Writedown on available-for-sale
securities ........................ 1,916 -- -- -- --
Interest expense ................... 32,590 27,296 16,256 10,500 22,039
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes,
extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of accounting change ....... (75,572) (16,083) 14,683 27,872 4,105
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 19,721 (5,247) 5,447 (4,495) (1,550)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item and cumulative effect of
accounting change ................. (95,293) (10,836) 9,236 32,367 5,655
Extraordinary item ................. -- -- (2,468) -- (14,404)
Cumulative effect of accounting
change ............................ -- -- -- -- (2,330)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) .................. $ (95,293) $ (10,836) $ 6,768 $ 32,367 $ (11,079)
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
BASIC:
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item and accounting change ........ $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.67 $ 2.39 $ 0.65
Extraordinary item ................. -- -- (0.18) -- (1.65)
Accounting Change .................. -- -- -- -- (0.27)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net Income (loss) .................. $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.49 $ 2.39 $ (1.27)
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
DILUTED:
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item and accounting change ........ $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.66 $ 2.36 $ 0.65
Extraordinary item ................. -- -- (0.18) -- (1.65)
Accounting change .................. -- -- -- -- (0.27)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net Income (loss) .................. $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.48 $ 2.36 $ (1.27)
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Basic weighted average shares
outstanding ....................... 13,782 13,741 13,725 13,524 8,715
Dilutive impact of stock options ... -- -- 176 197 --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Dilutive weighted average shares
outstanding ....................... 13,782 13,741 13,901 13,721 8,715
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital (deficit) .......... $ (86,991) $ 293,623 $ 302,684 $ 176,176 $ 102,984
Total assets ....................... 486,911 598,205 600,159 387,062 251,224
Long-term debt ..................... 1,207 305,941 302,512 158,965 117,132
Total stockholders' equity ......... 18,614 114,569 124,030 117,218 76,761
</TABLE>
16
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
Since its initial public offering in 1993, the Company pursued aggressive
acquisition and ISW expansion programs in order to obtain increased market
share. These programs consumed significant financial resources and resulted in
the Company becoming highly leveraged. The Company had attempted to address
these problems, particularly early during fiscal 1998, by closing
unprofitable locations, reducing headcount and reducing inventory.
Notwithstanding these initiatives, however, these problems, in conjunction with
competitive pressures in the industry, shrinking cash flow, and large debt
payments, led the Company to file a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States District Court for the
District of Delaware on February 2, 1998. The Company is presently operating its
business as a debtor in possession in such proceedings (the "Chapter 11
Proceedings").
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain data (in thousands) from the
Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Company for the fiscal years ended
January 31, 1998 ("Fiscal Year 1998"), January 25, 1997 ("Fiscal Year 1997") and
January 27, 1996 ("Fiscal Year 1996").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL FISCAL FISCAL
YEAR 1998 % YEAR 1997 % YEAR 1996 %
--------- ----- --------- ----- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales .............. $ 812,942 100.0 $ 858,739 100.0 $603,737 100.0
Cost of goods sold ..... 553,596 68.1 583,146 67.9 397,164 65.8
Gross margin ........... 259,346 31.9 275,593 32.1 206,573 34.2
Selling, general and
administrative expenses 276,943 34.1 271,754 31.6 171,210 28.3
Asset impairment and
restructuring charge .. 28,969 3.6 -- -- 11,224 1.9
Operating income (loss) (46,566) (5.7) 3,839 0.4 24,139 4.0
Net income (loss) ...... (95,293) (11.7) (10,836) (1.3) 6,768 1.1
</TABLE>
FISCAL YEAR 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1997
Net sales for Fiscal Year 1998 decreased $45.8 million (5.3%) from the
prior fiscal year. Such decreases were primarily due to facility closures and a
decline in same store sales in the traditional company owned store division due
to a continuing general softness in demand for the Company's products and
increasing competitive pressures. Additionally, the decrease in sales was
attributable in part to the loss of sales to stores owned by independent
automotive parts store operators ("jobbers") that were formerly associated with
Parts, Inc. ("PI") in connection with the integration into the Company's
operations of PI, which was acquired by the Company on January 25, 1996 (the "PI
Acquisition").
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the purchase cost of products
sold. Cost of goods sold for Fiscal Year 1998 decreased $29.6 million (5.1%)
from the prior fiscal year. The dollar decreases in cost of goods sold
principally resulted from the decrease in sales discussed above. In addition,
during the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1997, the Company recorded a charge of
approximately $11.8 million for an inventory loss adjustment for the ISW
business. Cost of goods sold for Fiscal Year 1998 includes a charge in the
amount of approximately $1.3 million which was recorded during the quarter ended
July 25, 1997 for inventory write-offs expected in connection with facility
closures. The Company intends to continue adding jobbers to sales programs
offering reduced selling prices and fewer services and, consequently, gross
profit margins in its traditional businesses could continue to decrease in
future periods, although the Company's ability to add and keep current jobbers
may be limited due to the Chapter 11 Proceedings.
17
<PAGE>
Selling, general and administrative expenses, which include depreciation
and amortization, for Fiscal Year 1998 increased by $5.2 million (1.9%) compared
to Fiscal Year 1997. The dollar increases in selling, general and administrative
expenses primarily resulted from the absence in the current fiscal period of
one-time supplier changeover incentives recognized in Fiscal Year 1997 which
were received in connection with the PI Acquisition to offset the impact of
one-time expenses related to the integration of PI into the Company and the
changeover of PI stores and distribution centers to the Company's product lines.
In addition to offsetting direct integration and changeover costs, such
incentives were used to offset indirect costs, operational inefficiencies and
general business disruption relating to the changeover and integration process.
In addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for Fiscal Year 1998
includes a $1.8 million charge recorded during the quarter ended July 25, 1997
for incremental bad debt in connection with certain future facility closures,
increased professional fees, increased accounting costs related to ISWs, offset
by a decrease in selling general and administrative expenses related to facility
closures. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales
also increased over the prior year due to continuing performance and execution
issues in the ISW business, the increase in bad debt expense, and increased
professional fees, in addition to the absence of the one-time supplier
change-over incentives discussed above.
During the quarter ended July 25, 1997, the Company commenced
implementation of a restructuring program focused on the goals of reducing
costs, improving cash flow and achieving profitability. Such programs through
Fiscal Year 1998, included the consolidation of redundant administrative
functions and closure of certain under-performing facilities, including 50 ISW
units and 15 Big-A Company-owned stores. In accordance with this program, the
Company closed 50 ISW units and 11 Big-A Company-owned stores during Fiscal Year
1998. As a result of such program, during the three months ended July 25, 1997,
the Company recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $8.7 million. Such
charge consisted of approximately $2.2 million for estimated costs to close
facilities, approximately $1.4 million of employee severance benefits related to
personnel reductions of approximately 570 employees, approximately $3.2 million
for future lease and related obligations and approximately $1.9 million of asset
impairments. During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company charged
approximately $4.1 million against these reserves, including approximately $1.1
million for employee severance benefits.
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1998, the Company recorded non-cash
charges of $15.8 million and $4.5 million for writedowns of intangible assets
and property and equipment. The intangible assets writedown consisted of
approximately $14.5 million related to excess of purchase price over fair value
of net assets acquired and $1.3 million related to the associate jobber network.
The intangible assets and property and equipment writedowns were based on
estimated future cash flows, which were impacted by management's review of
certain Company-owned stores, ISW's and distribution centers that potentially
could be closed
Operating loss for Fiscal Year 1998 was $46.6 million (5.7% of net sales)
compared to $3.8 million (.4% of sales) operating income in the prior year. The
decrease is primarily due to the factors discussed above.
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1998, the Company realized a $1.9
million loss on the write down of its available-for-sale investment in one of
its jobbers. The investment had an other than temporary decline in the fair
value of its publicly traded stock below the Company's purchase price of $2.5
million.
Interest expense for Fiscal Year 1998 was $32.6 million (4.0% of net
sales) compared to $27.3 million (3.2% of net sales) for the prior year. The
increase in interest expense was principally due to the Company's higher average
borrowings under the previous revolving credit facility and increased interest
rates. The increase in interest rates resulted in part from an increase in the
margins applicable to various types of loans under the Company's senior bank
credit agreement due to the decline of certain of the Company's financial ratios
and, to a lesser extent, from an
18
<PAGE>
increase in the prime rate charged by the Company's bank lenders. The extent of
future increases in interest expense will depend on a number of factors,
including the magnitude of changes in borrowing levels, changes in interest
rates and the terms of any financing agreements to which the Company is a party.
See "Liquidity and Capital Resources-Debtor in Possession Financing and Previous
Bank Credit Agreement", below.
Income taxes were an expense of $19.7 million compared to an income tax
benefit of $5.2 million for the prior year. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal
Year 1998, the Company established a valuation allowance to writedown deferred
tax assets recorded at January 31, 1998 to zero, due to the level of uncertainty
surrounding the Company's ability to generate sufficient future taxable income.
Net loss for Fiscal Year 1998 was $95.3 million compared to net loss of
$10.8 million for the prior year. The decrease in net income was primarily a
result of the factors discussed above.
FISCAL YEAR 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1996
Net sales for Fiscal Year 1997 increased $255.0 million or 42.2% from the
prior fiscal year. Such increase was primarily attributable to the PI
Acquisition and, to a lesser extent, to increased sales generated by new ISW
locations and increasing sales at existing ISWs. The Company believes that sales
from its traditional businesses (i.e. distribution centers and Big-A
Company-owned stores) were lower than expected due to increasing competitive
pressures, business disruption resulting from the PI Acquisition and a general
sluggishness being experienced nationwide in the automotive aftermarket.
Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the purchase cost of products
sold. Cost of goods sold for Fiscal Year 1997 increased $186.0 million or 46.8%
from the prior fiscal year. The dollar increase in cost of goods sold
principally resulted from increased sales volume generated by the PI Acquisition
and the growth of the ISW business. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net
sales for Fiscal Year 1997 increased compared to Fiscal Year 1996 principally as
a result of pretax charges to cost of goods sold, in the amount of approximately
$17.1 million, recorded in the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1997. Such charges
principally consisted of an inventory loss adjustment for the ISW business in
the amount of approximately $11.8 million (some of which may be attributable to
earlier quarters of the fiscal year). The remaining $5.3 million in charges to
cost of goods sold consisted primarily of inventory loss adjustments for the
Company's traditional businesses, the write-off of certain receivables from
suppliers for returned goods, and adjustments to inventory pricing reserves.
Excluding the approximately $17.1 million of charges discussed above, cost of
goods sold as a percentage of sales would have remained relatively constant
between the two fiscal years. Lower gross profit margins at the Company's
traditional businesses (primarily resulting from additional sales programs
offering reduced selling prices and fewer services) were offset to some extent
by the impact of the sales mix containing more ISW sales, which have higher
gross profit margins than the Company's traditional businesses.
Selling, general and administrative expenses, which include depreciation
and amortization, for Fiscal Year 1997 increased $100.5 million or 58.7%
compared to Fiscal Year 1996. The dollar increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses principally resulted from the increased sales volume
generated by the PI Acquisition and the growth of the ISW business. Selling,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased over
the prior year, principally as a result of pretax charges in the amount of $13.0
million, higher distribution center operating costs of the PI business when
compared to those of the Company's other traditional business operations, costs
incurred in integrating PI into the Company, and, to a lesser extent, the
operation of more ISWs (which have, and are expected to continue to have, higher
operating costs as a percentage of net sales than the Company's traditional
businesses). The pretax charges consisted primarily of a reserve for costs
related to facility closures and consolidations, an increase in the bad debt
provision (primarily for the ISW business), and accrued
19
<PAGE>
costs of returning excess and slow moving ISW inventories. The impact of
increased selling, general and administrative expenses relating to the
integration of the PI business was offset by the recognition of one-time
supplier changeover and acquisition incentives in the amount of approximately
$12.1 million. Such incentives were provided by the Company's major vendors in
connection with the PI Acquisition to offset the impact of one-time expenses
related to the integration of PI into the Company and the changeover of PI
stores and distribution centers to the Company's product lines. In addition to
offsetting direct integration and changeover costs, approximately $4.9 million
of such incentives were used to offset indirect costs, operational
inefficiencies and general business disruption relating to the changeover and
integration process. Furthermore, such incentives improved the Company's
liquidity during the integration and changeover process.
Operating income for Fiscal Year 1997 decreased $20.3 million or 84.1%, to
$3.8 million in Fiscal Year 1997 from $24.1 million in Fiscal Year 1996. The
primary causes of the decrease were the fourth quarter Fiscal Year 1997 pretax
charges and costs incurred in Fiscal Year 1997 in connection with integrating PI
into the Company in each case as discussed above. Such charges and costs were
offset in part by the PI Acquisition-related supplier changeover incentives
discussed above and the absence in Fiscal Year 1997 of the $11.2 million asset
impairment and restructuring charge, incurred in the prior fiscal year. In
addition, during Fiscal Year 1997, the Company refined the estimated rate used
to capitalize overhead costs incurred by the Company's distribution centers in
preparing and shipping inventory to Big-A Company-owned stores. Such change in
the Company's estimate resulted in an increase in operating income for Fiscal
Year 1997 of approximately $1.7 million.
Interest income for Fiscal Year 1997 was $5.6 million (0.7% of sales)
compared to $5.3 million (0.9% of sales) for Fiscal Year 1996. The dollar
increase in interest income is due principally to the interest income from past
due accounts receivable, partially offset by decreases in interest income
resulting from lower notes receivable balances.
Other income for Fiscal Year 1997 was $1.8 million (0.2% of sales)
compared to $1.5 million (0.3% of net sales) for Fiscal Year 1996. Other income
for Fiscal Year 1997 included a gain of approximately $1.3 million from the
sales of certain stores in Mississippi and Florida. In addition, both years
include the portion allocable to such years ($0.4 million in Fiscal Year 1997
and $1.5 million in Fiscal Year 1996) of the $6.0 million payment received from
a supplier for entering into a ten year supply agreement in April 1993 (the
"Supply Agreement"). Such payment was deferred and is being recognized as income
on an accelerated basis over the term of the Supply Agreement; thus, when
compared to previous periods, the amount of revenue recognized from such payment
has declined.
Interest expense for Fiscal Year 1997 was $27.3 million (3.2% of net
sales) compared to $16.3 million (2.7% of net sales) for Fiscal Year 1996. The
$11.0 million increase in interest expense is principally due to the Company's
higher borrowing levels resulting from the Company's investment in acquisitions
(primarily the PI Acquisition) and the expansion of its ISW business.
Income taxes for Fiscal Year 1997 was a benefit of $5.2 million, compared
to tax expense of $5.4 million for Fiscal Year 1996.
Net loss for Fiscal Year 1997 was $10.8 million compared to net income of
$6.8 million for Fiscal Year 1996. The decrease in net income was primarily a
result of the $30.1 million of pretax charges discussed above, offset by the
absence in Fiscal Year 1997 of the $11.2 million asset impairment and
restructuring charge, incurred in the prior fiscal year.
20
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS. The matters described under this caption
"Liquidity and Capital Resources", to the extent that they relate to future
events or expectations, may be significantly affected by the Chapter 11
Proceedings. Those proceedings will involve, or result in, various restrictions
on the Company's activities, limitations on financing, the need to obtain
Bankruptcy Court approval for various matters and uncertainty as to
relationships with vendors, suppliers, customers and others with whom the
Company may conduct or seek to conduct business. In particular, many vendors are
providing less favorable terms than those existing prior to the Chapter 11
Proceedings and the Company's key vendors, representing a majority of the
Company's annual purchases are requiring cash payments. These less favorable
terms include shortening and in some cases, elimination of payment terms and
reduction in various other purchasing conditions and support. While the Company
will seek to obtain more advantageous terms as the proceedings progress, there
can be no assurance that it will be successful in this regard.
CASH FLOWS. For Fiscal Year 1998, operating activities provided net cash
of approximately $2.1 million, due primarily to decreases in inventory resulting
largely from facility closures and working capital initiatives. Such decreases
in inventory were offset by decreases in accounts payable resulting from
facility closures, working capital initiatives, and from payments to the
Company's suppliers pursuant to the expiration of deferred payment terms
obtained in connection with the PI Acquisition. The decrease in accounts payable
during Fiscal Year 1998 was offset in part by the additional deferral of
approximately $10.1 million of accounts payable pursuant to deferred payment
terms obtained from certain of the Company's vendors. These deferred payments
are part of the prepetition claims and actual amounts to be paid and the timing
of such payments will be determined through Bankruptcy Court proceedings.
Investing activities utilized approximately $12.7 million of cash, principally
consisting of capital expenditures and business acquisitions. Financing
activities provided $1.8 million of cash primarily resulting from additional
revolving credit borrowings under the Company's bank credit agreement offset in
part by repayment of long-term debt.
For Fiscal Year 1997, operating activities provided net cash of
approximately $14.3 million, due primarily to decreases in accounts receivable
and inventory principally resulting from the closure and consolidation of
certain of the Company's and PI's facilities. Investing activities utilized
$12.5 million of cash, principally consisting of capital expenditures,
investments in customer notes receivable and business acquisitions. Such
investments were offset in part by the proceeds from repayment of customer notes
receivable and the sale of assets, including the Company's interest in the
"Parts Plus" group of marks which had been acquired by the Company in the PI
Acquisition. See "Other Matters", below. Financing activities provided $3.6
million of cash, principally resulting from additional revolving credit
borrowings under the Company's bank credit agreement offset in part by repayment
of long-term debt.
For Fiscal Year 1996, operating activities utilized net cash of
approximately $41.9 million, resulting primarily from increases in inventories
and accounts receivable in connection with the expansion of the Company's ISW
business. Investing activities utilized $97.7 million of cash, principally
consisting of the Company's investment in business acquisitions, including the
PI Acquisition. Financing activities provided $147.5 million of cash,
principally resulting from the issuance of the Company's 11.875% senior
subordinated notes due 2006 (the "Notes") to finance the PI Acquisition and a
net increase in borrowings under the Company's bank credit agreements to finance
its ISW expansion and business acquisitions other than the PI Acquisition.
WORKING CAPITAL. At January 31, 1998, the Company had $87.0 million of
working capital deficit, $4.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, compared to
$293.6 million of working capital at January 25, 1997, including $13.4 million
of cash and cash equivalents. During Fiscal Year 1998, working capital decreased
$380.6 million primarily due to the reclassification of the Company's
outstanding debt under its bank credit agreement and Senior Subordinated Notes
from long-term to current liabilities as of year end. During Fiscal Year 1998,
the Company's
21
<PAGE>
management pursued a number of working capital management initiatives focused on
seeking substantial inventory reductions and improved liquidity. Such
initiatives included (a) the return of substantial amounts of excess and slow
moving inventory to the Company's suppliers, (b) the redistribution of excess
and slow moving inventory from the ISW division to the Company's distribution
centers and Big-A Company-owned stores, and (c) the sourcing of substantial
amounts of ISW inventory from the Company's distribution centers rather than
from third party suppliers. Such initiatives resulted in inventory reductions of
approximately $41.9 million between the end of the first and fourth quarter of
Fiscal Year 1998, primarily at the ISW division.
DEBTOR IN POSSESSION FINANCING AND PREVIOUS BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT. On
February 2, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court gave approval on an interim basis for $45
million of a $100 million DIP financing facility ("DIP Financing") with a
syndicate of bank lenders led by The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Senior Lenders"). On
February 26, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court gave final approval to the facility. The
amount of new loans that may be outstanding at any time may not exceed a maximum
that varies from month to month, ranging from $40 million to $65 million
(exclusive of letters of credit).
The DIP financing approved by the Bankruptcy Court is provided for in a
new Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Guarantee Agreement ("DIP Financing
Facility"). The DIP Financing Facility includes the new DIP financing referred
to above ("Tranche A") and approximately $228 million of borrowings that were
outstanding under the previous revolving credit facility and term loan
facilities ("Previous Bank Credit Agreement") which were refinanced in the
amount of $228 million ("Tranche B") and combined with the new DIP Financing
Facility into a single post-filing date facility. The $228 million is classified
as a current liability at year end. The Tranche A loans are available on a
revolving loan basis, and the Tranche A facility includes a $20 million
sub-facility for letters of credit, subject to certain restrictions. The DIP
Financing Facility has a superpriority administrative claim as well as first
priority security interest in and lien upon all of the Company's assets. The
Tranche A and B borrowings bear interest at the Company's option of either the
bank agent's stated base rate plus a margin of 1.5% or at LIBOR plus a margin of
2.5% for Tranche A borrowings or 2.75% for Tranche B borrowings. The DIP
Financing Facility has a final maturity date of January 31, 1999 and includes
various covenants and restrictions on the Company and its business. While the
Company has been in compliance with its covenants through March 1998, it is
likely that continuation of unfavorable operating conditions may require the
Company to seek modification of its current bank covenants during the second or
third quarter of the current fiscal year. If the bank should not agree to any
such modifications, the Company would be in default under the DIP Financing
Facility. If such modifications were not made or if any such default were not
waived, the Company might have to pursue a sale or orderly liquidation of its
business.
Under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement, as of December 8, 1997, the
Company obtained a waiver of its Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio and Minimum Net Worth covenant requirements (the "Financial
Covenants"). Pursuant to such waiver, aggregate borrowings under the Previous
Bank Credit Agreement were limited to $204.7 million until February 10, 1998.
Effective as of December 8, 1997, lenders under the Previous Bank Credit
Agreement agreed, during the period from December 31, 1997 to the earliest of
(i) February 10, 1998, (ii) the date on which a default or event of default
under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement (other than as a result of the
Company's failure to comply with the Financial Covenants at January 31, 1998)
occurs and (iii) the effective date of a new financing, to allow the Company to
continue to borrow under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement (notwithstanding the
expiration after December 31, 1997 of the waiver of the Financial Covenants) and
to forebear from exercising any of their rights or remedies against the Company
under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement and related documents as a result of
the Company's failure to comply with the Financial Covenants at January 31,
1998. The $204.7 million borrowing limit under the previous revolving credit
facility was in effect during this period. If the Company had not obtained the
DIP Financing Facility or otherwise obtained an amendment to the Previous Bank
Credit Agreement to cure its failure to comply with the Financial Covenants
prior to February 10, 1998, at any time thereafter the lenders could have
accelerated the maturity of the outstanding loans under the Previous Bank Credit
Agreement. The entire amount outstanding under the Previous Bank Credit
Agreement has been classified as a current liability at January 31, 1998.
As of January 31, 1998, the Company had aggregate borrowings under the
Previous Bank Credit Agreement of $227.6 million, consisting of $190.6 million
and $37.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the previous revolving credit
facility and previous term loan facility, respectively, and approximately $3.6
million in outstanding letters of credit under the Previous Bank Credit
Agreement. Borrowing availability under the Previous
22
<PAGE>
Bank Credit Agreement at January 31, 1998 after taking into account borrowing
base restrictions and outstanding letters of credit and the waiver described in
the above paragraph, was approximately $3.2 million; however, the Company had
cash on hand of approximately $4.6 million as of January 31, 1998. Borrowings
under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement bore interest at variable rates based
in part upon the Company attaining certain financial ratios. At January 31,
1998, such rates were at the maximum levels provided for under the interest rate
pricing structure, as a result of the Company's current financial ratios. The
weighted average interest rates borne by the loans under the Previous Bank
Credit Agreement were 8.55% and 7.23% , respectively, as of January 31, 1998 and
January 25, 1997. The obligations of APS, APS Holding Corporation's wholly owned
subsidiary, under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement are guaranteed by APS
Holding Corporation and each of APS's wholly owned subsidiaries, and are
collateralized by pledges of the capital stock of APS and such subsidiaries, by
security interests in substantially all of the Company's personal property and
by mortgages on certain of its owned real property.
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES. The PI Acquisition was financed through the
private placement of $100.0 million principal amount of the Company's senior
subordinated notes ("the Notes"). The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes
were used to pay a $79.7 million cash payment at closing for the PI Acquisition,
to pay related fees and expenses and to repay a portion of the borrowings under
a prior credit agreement. Prior to the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Notes would
have matured on January 15, 2006 and bore interest at a rate of 11.875% per
annum. During the year ended January 25, 1997, the Company filed a registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), pursuant to
which it made and completed an offer to exchange registered Notes for all of the
initially issued Notes. The Company did not make its scheduled interest payment
on January 15, 1998. The Chapter 11 Proceedings and missed interest payment
constituted events of default under the indenture relating to the Notes. As a
result of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Notes have been accelerated, but
payments are not currently being made. The entire amount outstanding under the
Notes has been classified as a current liability at January 31, 1998.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND ACQUISITIONS. Capital expenditures for Fiscal
Year 1998, excluding new business acquisitions, were approximately $9.9 million
compared to $10.8 million for Fiscal Year 1997. Capital expenditures for the
past two years have been higher than previous years due to management
information system enhancements. Capital expenditures for Fiscal Year 1999 are
limited to $7.8 million by the covenant requirements of the DIP Financing
Facility. The Company currently has no significant planned capital expenditures
except for continued management information system enhancements. The Company is
preparing a plan of action to modify its internally developed software over the
next two years to accommodate the "Year 2000" dating changes necessary to permit
correct recording of year dates for 2000 and later years. The Company expects to
incur approximately $7.0 million of costs to develop and implement such plan,
substantially all of which will be expensed in Fiscal Year 1999. The actual
amount of such costs could vary materially from such estimate. The Company
expects that such costs will be financed through cash flows from operations and
additional borrowings. If the Company or any of its significant suppliers or
customers does not successfully and timely complete such changes, the Company's
business could be materially affected. For Fiscal Year 1998, the Company's cash
expenditures for business acquisitions totaled $2.2 million. The Company does
not intend to make any significant acquisitions during Fiscal Year 1999.
SOURCES OF LIQUIDITY. Since the completion of the Company's initial public
offering and debt refinancing in 1993, the Company has pursued more aggressive
acquisition and ISW expansion programs, resulting in increased funding
requirements. The principal sources of liquidity for the Company's operating
requirements and business expansion have been internally generated funds from
the operation of its traditional businesses, borrowings under the bank credit
agreements and the proceeds from the 1996 issuance of the Notes. The Company
expects that the principal sources of liquidity in the near future for its
future operating requirements will be cash flows from operations and borrowings
under the DIP Financing Facility. While the Company expects that such sources
will
23
<PAGE>
provide sufficient working capital to operate its business, there can be no
assurance that such sources will prove to be sufficient and, as discussed above,
the Company may be required to seek modification of certain of the covenants and
in the DIP Financing Facility in the near future.
BUSINESS INITIATIVES
BUSINESS STRATEGY
As indicated above, the Company has pursued aggressive acquisition and ISW
expansion programs over the last four years, since its initial public offering
in 1993. Such programs and, particularly with regard to Fiscal Year 1997,
integrating PI into the Company's business consumed significant financial and
operating resources and demanded extensive managerial focus and attention.
During Fiscal Year 1998 the Company re-focused its efforts and resources from
such aggressive growth programs to improving both the execution of its business
strategy and its management information systems. In conjunction with such
efforts, the Company commenced implementation of a restructuring program focused
on the goals of reducing costs, improving cash flow and achieving profitability.
Through January 31, 1998 this program has included the consolidation of its ISW
and Big-A Company-owned store operations under one management group, other
operational changes in the ISW business, the closure of approximately 100 Big-A
Company-owned stores and ISW units, implementation of Company-wide cost control
and cost reduction programs (including field and corporate level staff
reductions) and implementation of new management information systems pursuant to
a multi-year plan developed with outside consultants. During the quarter ended
July 25, 1997, the Company recognized a charge of approximately $8.7 million for
restructuring costs associated with such program. Additionally, charges for
inventory write-offs and incremental bad debt expense of $1.3 million and $1.8
million, respectively, were recorded during such quarter to cost of goods sold
and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively, in connection
with facility closures designated in such program.
Looking forward, the Company is currently developing a multi-year plan to
be submitted to its bank group as part of its covenant compliance. As part of
such plan, the Company may close an undetermined number of Big-A Company-owned
stores and ISWs and will review its distribution network and overhead structure
and may also consider sales of certain assets or parts of its business. In this
context, Chapter 11 typically entails an evaluation of strategic alternatives to
a reorganization. It is possible, therfore, that the Company's restructuring may
involve a sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more
transactions. With regard to inventory, the Company will seek to reinforce a
structure under which both the Big-A Company-owned stores and the ISW stores
will source product primarily through the distribution centers.
BIG-A COMPANY-OWNED STORES
Historically, operating results for the ISW division have been below those
of the Company's traditional businesses and the ISW division has generally
experienced operating losses. During Fiscal Year 1998, the Company shifted its
focus from aggressive growth of the ISW business to refining and improving both
the execution of this division's business strategy and its systems. To that end,
the Company significantly reconfigured its ISW business as part of the
restructuring program discussed above. During the quarter ended October 25,
1997, the Company consolidated the operations, management and sales forces of
the ISW and Company-owned store divisions. The Company has also begun to broaden
the product offerings at the ISW units while at the same time the Company is
steadily reducing average inventory in ISW locations. The Company has also
largely completed its program to supply such units from the Company's
distribution centers as it has traditionally done for its Big-A Company-owned
stores. Such consolidation of the Company-owned stores and ISW operations and
other operational changes in the ISW business are expected to reduce both
inventory and selling, general and administrative expenses. Management's
inventory reduction initiatives reduced the Company's inventory by approximately
$41.9 million between the end of the first and fourth quarter of Fiscal Year
1998, primarily at the ISW business.
24
<PAGE>
The Company's initiatives to improve its business systems and controls
include the development of a Centralized Management System (CMS) for the ISW
business, as well as for the Company's traditional businesses, with a particular
focus on inventory and expense controls and working capital management. The
Company began implementation of such system during the third quarter of Fiscal
Year 1998 and expects complete implementation in phases through the fourth
quarter of Fiscal Year 1999. In addition, the Company implemented a new Oracle
based accounts receivable system in the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1998 for
the ISW business. Such system will facilitate collection of accounts receivable
and improve working capital management in the ISW business. The Company expects
that such system will be installed for the Company's traditional businesses
during the fiscal years 1999 and 2000.
The Company continually reviews the position of its Big-A Company-owned
stores and ISWs in the respective markets in which they operate. This review
process has led, and will continue to lead, to the rationalization of stores and
ISWs whose performance does not achieve targeted return on investment
objectives. At January 31, 1998, the number of Big-A Company-owned stores and
ISWs is 273 and 214, respectively.
The ongoing benefits expected as a result of the Company's actions and
programs described above may, however, be impacted by other pressures or
constraints arising in the Chapter 11 Proceedings.
SEASONALITY; INFLATION
Historically, the Company's net sales have been higher during April
through September of each year than during the other months of the year. In
addition, the demand for automotive products is somewhat affected by weather
conditions and, consequently, the Company's results of operations from period to
period may be affected by such conditions. Temperature extremes tend to enhance
sales by causing a higher incidence of parts failure and increasing sales of
seasonal products, while milder weather tends to depress sales. The Company's
management does not believe that its operations have been materially affected by
inflation. In general, the Company has been able to pass on to its customers any
increases in the cost of its inventory.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
The Company will adopt SFAS No. 130, "REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME",
during the first quarter of Fiscal Year 1999. SFAS No. 130 requires a statement
of comprehensive income to be included in the financial statements for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997.
The Company will adopt SFAS No. 131, "DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION", no later than the fourth quarter of Fiscal
Year 1999. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the manner in which public
business enterprises report selected information about operating segments.
The Company will adopt the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 132,
"EMPLOYER'S DISCLOSURES ABOUT PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS", in
the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1999. SFAS No. 132 revises disclosure
requirements for pension and postretirement benefit plans as to standardize
certain disclosures and eliminate certain other disclosures no longer deemed
useful. SFAS No. 132 does not change the measurement or recognition criteria for
such plans.
FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION
The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Annual
Report") that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements that
involve a number of risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking
25
<PAGE>
statements include, without limitation, the statements as to management's or the
Company's expectations or beliefs found under the captions "Results of
Operations," "Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business Initiatives" in
this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations". The actual results of the future events described in such
forward-looking statements in this Annual Report could differ materially from
those contemplated by such forward-looking statements, particularly as a result
of the Chapter 11 Proceedings. Forward-looking statements are made based upon
management's current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and
their potential effects upon the Company. There can be no assurance that future
developments will be in accordance with management's expectations or that the
effect of future developments on the Company will be those anticipated by
management. The following important factors, and those important factors
described elsewhere in this Annual Report (including, without limitation, those
discussed under the captions "Liquidity and Capital Resources--Sources of
Liquidity" and "Business Initiatives" in this "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations") or in other
Securities and Exchange Commission filings of the Company, as well as the
effects of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, could affect (and in some cases have
affected) the Company's actual results and could cause such results to differ
materially from estimates or expectations reflected in such forward-looking
statements made by, or on behalf of, the Company.
o The Company is highly leveraged, with substantial existing indebtedness and,
consequently, is subject to significant principal and interest payment
obligations. The Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal
or interest on, or to refinance, its indebtedness will depend on its future
operating performance and cash flow, which are subject to prevailing
economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels and financial,
competitive, business and other factors beyond its control. The degree to
which the Company is leveraged could have important consequences, including:
(i) the Company's future ability to obtain additional financing for working
capital or other purposes may be limited; (ii) a substantial portion of the
Company's cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the payment of
principal and interest on its indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available
for operation; (iii) certain of the Company's borrowings are at variable
rates of interest, which could cause the Company to be vulnerable to
increases in interest rates; and, (iv) the Company may be more vulnerable to
economic downturns and may be limited in its ability to respond to
competitive pressures.
o The Company filed for Chapter 11 reorganization on February 2, 1998. The
Company is uncertain, at this time, about the outcome of its reorganization
and its impact on various parties.
o The DIP Financing Facility contains numerous operating covenants that limit
the discretion of the Company's management with respect to certain business
matters. These covenants place significant restrictions on, among other
things, the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, to
create liens or other encumbrances, to make certain dividends and other
payments, to make certain investments, loans and guarantees, or to sell or
otherwise dispose of assets or merge or consolidate with another entity. The
DIP Financing Facility also contains covenant requirements which require the
Company to meet certain financial ratios and tests. The Company is currently
in compliance with these covenant requirements but may be required to seek
modification of certin covenants. See "Debtor in Possession Financing and
Previous Bank Credit Agreement," above.
o Failure to comply with the Company's payment, covenant or other obligations
under the DIP Financing Facility could result in a default thereunder that,
if not cured or waived, could result in acceleration of the relevant
indebtedness thereunder, subject to proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court.
o The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. It competes
directly and indirectly with numerous distributors, retailers and
manufacturers of automotive aftermarket products, some of which distribute
in channels that may be expanding in terms of market share relative to the
channels in which the Company distributes its products. In addition, some of
the Company's current and potential competitors are larger, may
26
<PAGE>
have greater financial resources and may be less leveraged than the Company.
Furthermore, particularly in light of the trend in the automotive parts
industry toward increasing consolidation at the warehouse and jobber levels,
the Company's financial performance may be significantly affected by the
Company's ability to compete successfully for associate jobber customers,
and otherwise take advantage of consolidation opportunities and other
industry trends. Competitors of the Company, in efforts to expand or enhance
their business, may seek to take advantage of the Company's financial
condition and difficulties arising as a result of the Chapter 11
Proceedings.
o The demand for automotive products is affected by a number of factors beyond
the Company's control, including economic conditions, vehicle quality and
maintenance, vehicle scrappage rates and weather conditions. Weather
conditions cause seasonal variations in the Company's results of operations,
and the occurrence of extreme weather or mild weather may result in
significant fluctuations in such results. Temperature extremes tend to
enhance sales by causing a higher incidence of parts failure and increasing
sales of seasonal products, while milder weather tends to depress sales. In
addition, in recent years there have been, and in the future there are
likely to continue to be, significant improvements in the quality of new
vehicles and vehicle parts and extensions of manufacturers' warranties that
may reduce demand for the Company's products.
o The Company is preparing a plan of action to modify its internally developed
software over the next two years to accommodate the "Year 2000" dating
changes necessary to permit correct recording of year dates for 2000 and
later years. The Company expects to incur approximately $7.0 million of
costs to develop and implement such plan, substantially all of which will be
expensed in Fiscal Year 1999. The actual amount of such costs could vary
materially from such estimate. The Company expects that such costs will be
financed through cash flows from operations and additional borrowings. If
the Company or any of its significant suppliers or customers does not
successfully and timely complete such changes, the Company's business could
be materially affected.
While the Company periodically reassesses the material trends and
uncertainties affecting its operations and financial condition in connection
with its preparation of management's discussion and analysis of results of
operations and financial condition contained in its quarterly and annual
reports, the Company does not intend to review or revise any particular
forward-looking statement referenced in this report in light of future events.
OTHER MATTERS
In February 1996, the Company sold its interest in the "Parts Plus" group
of marks, which had been acquired by the Company in the PI Acquisition, to
Association of Automotive Aftermarket Distributors ("AAAD") for cash
consideration of $3.5 million. PI had previously licensed the same marks to AAAD
for a small yearly license fee.
On October 25, 1996, the Company completed the sale of seventeen Big-A
Company-owned stores and one ISW located in Mississippi and Florida to
associated jobbers for a gain of approximately $1.3 million.
During Fiscal Year 1998, the Company made a number of small acquisitions
for a total of $2.2 million.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
Reference is made to the financial statements, the report thereon, the
notes thereto and supplementary data commencing at page F-1 of this Form 10-K,
which financial statements, reports, notes and data are incorporated herein by
reference.
27
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
28
<PAGE>
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
For information regarding the directors and persons nominated to become
directors of the Company, reference is made to the information presented in the
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for its 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1998 Proxy Statement"). For information regarding
the executive officers of the Company, reference is made to the information set
forth under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" included in Part
I of this Form 10-K. All of such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
For information concerning the compensation paid by the Company during
fiscal 1998 to its executive officers, reference is made to the information
presented in the 1998 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein
by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
For information concerning the beneficial ownership of the common
stock of the Company by its directors and officers and by certain other
beneficial owners, reference is made to the information presented in the
Company's 1998 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
For information regarding certain business relationship and related
transactions involving the Company's officers and directors, reference is
made to the information presented in the 1998 Proxy Statement. Such
information is incorporated herein by reference.
29
<PAGE>
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
(A) AND (D) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
The financial statements and financial statement schedules listed on the
accompanying Index to Financial Statements (see page F-1) are filed as part of
this Form 10-K.
(B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
The Company filed an 8-K on February 2, 1998, reporting under Item 3 the
filing of the February 1998 Chapter 11 proceeding. The Company also filed an 8-K
on February 26, 1998, reporting under Item 5 the final approval of $100 million
debtor in possession financing.
(C) EXHIBITS.
See the Exhibit Index attached hereto.
30
<PAGE>
LOCATION OF
EXHIBIT IN
EXHIBIT SEQUENTIAL
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENTS NUMBER SYSTEM
- ------ ------------------------ -------------
2.1.1 Asset Purchase Agreement, between Sieg Company and
A.P.S., Inc., dated August 27, 1994. (10)
2.1.2 Amendment One, dated September 26, 1994, to Asset
Purchase Agreement, between Sieg Company and A.P.S.,
Inc. (10)
2.2 Purchase Agreement between A.P.S., Inc. and GKN
Parts, dated December 5, 1995 (the "Purchase
Agreement"). (Certain portions of the Purchase
Agreement have been omitted and filed separately with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.) (15)
3.1 Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of APS
Holding dated September 20, 1993. (6)
3.2 Amended By-Laws of APS Holding dated November 22,
1993. (7)
4.1.1 Form of Stock Certificate for Class A Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of APS Holding. (1)
4.1.2 Form of Stock Certificate for Class B Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of APS Holding. (1)
4.2 Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of APS
Holding, dated September 20, 1993. (6)
4.3 Amended By-Laws of APS Holding dated November 22,
1993. (7)
4.4.1 Fund Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
November 22, 1989, between The Clayton & Dubilier
Private Equity Fund IV Limited Partnership ("Fund
IV") and APS Holding. (1)
4.4.2 Agreement, dated as of May 11, 1992, between Fund IV
and APS Holding. (4)
4.5 Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November
22, 1989, between APS Holding and each of certain
institutional investors. (1)
4.6.1 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
November 22, 1989, between APS Holding and Richard J.
Spelleri. (1)
4.6.2 Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 6,
1990, between APS Holding and H. Jack Meany. (1)
31
<PAGE>
4.6.3 Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 1,
1990, between APS Holding and John J. Nevin. (1)
4.6.4 Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 31,
1990, between APS Holding and Lawrence H. Hyde. (1)
4.6.5 Management Stock Subscription Agreements, between APS
Holding and each of Messrs. Mike Allen, David C.
Barbeau, Marc and. Beasley, Doug Buscher, Leland
Charley, James E. Clarke, Earl Colvin, Ronald B.
Diedring, Walt Doman, Robert Greathouse, Tom
Hartenbower, Richard A. Henricks, Dick Kelly, E.
Eugene Lauver, Bill Licklider, Montie C. Loney,
Christopher McGinley, Jim McWilliams, Ray Mohler,
William H. Moore, Ed Morris, John D. Pearce, George
Poe, Michael L. Preston, Greg Rada, S. David Ramsey,
Raymond J. Rarey, David Robison, Elmer H.C. Romeis,
Claude T. Salmon, Jr., Ralph Souza, Rogers Stock, Tom
Wacker, Randall B. Walker, Thomas H. Warner, Bob
Werner, Paul Whelton, and Jim Woodward. (2)
4.7.1 Registration and Participation Agreement, dated as of
November 22, 1989 (the "Registration and
Participation Agreement"), among Fund IV, certain
other APS Holding stockholders, and APS Holding. (1)
4.7.2 Letter Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1992, between
APS Holding and Fund IV, amending the Registration
and Participation Agreement. (1)
4.8 Capital Call Agreement, dated as of November 22,
1989, among Fund IV, APS Holding, The Connecticut
National Bank, First Trust National Association, and
First Bank National Association. (1)
4.9.1 APS Holding's 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan and
form of Management Stock Option Agreement. (1)
4.9.2 APS Holding's 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan as
amended through Amendment No. 1. (1)
4.9.3 Management Stock Option Agreements, dated as of
November 14, 1990, between APS Holding and each of
the persons named on the schedule attached
thereto.(2)
4.10.1 APS Holding's 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan as
amended and restated, effective July 19, 1993. (5)
4.10.2 Management Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
December 16, 1992, between APS Holding and Mark S.
Hoffman. (5)
4.10.3 Management Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May
17, 1993, between APS Holding and Douglas Beckstett.
(5)
32
<PAGE>
4.10.4 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 16,
1992, between APS Holding and Theodore Barry. (5)
4.10.5 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 17, 1993,
between APS Holding and Theodore Barry. (5)
4.10.6 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
September 23, 1993, between APS Holding and Vince
Heiker. (7)
4.11 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1993, between APS Holding and Douglas
Beckstett. (5)
4.12 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1993, between APS Holding and Mark S.
Hoffman. (5)
4.13 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1993, between APS Holding and Steven H.
Sattinger. (5)
4.14 Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of August 24,
1993, between APS Holding and Wiley N. Caldwell. (5)
4.15 Indenture, dated as of January 25, 1996, among
A.P.S., Inc., as Issuer, APS Holding Corporation and
certain of its subsidiaries, as Guarantors, and The
Bank of New York, as Trustee. (14)
4.16 Registration Agreement, dated January 19, 1996, among
A.P.S., Inc., Salomon Brothers Inc and Chemical
Securities Inc. (14)
4.17 Purchase Agreement, dated January 19, 1996, among
A.P.S., Inc., APS Holding Corporation, Salomon
Brothers Inc and Chemical Securities Inc. (14)
10.1.1 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1996, among A.P.S., Inc., the several
lenders from time to time parties thereto, and
Chemical Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.2 Amended and Restated Guarantee, dated as of January
25, 1996, made by APS Holding Corporation in favor of
Chemical Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.3 Amended and Restated Subsidiaries' Guarantee, dated
as of January 25, 1996, made by certain of the
subsidiaries of A.P.S. , Inc. in favor of Chemical
Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.4 Supplement to the Amended and Restated Subsidiaries'
Guarantee, dated as of May 15, 1996, made by each of
the Subsidiaries of A.P.S., Inc. in favor of Chemical
Bank, as agent. (19)
10.1.5 Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1996, made by A.P.S., Inc. in favor of
Chemical Bank, as agent. (14)
33
<PAGE>
10.1.6 Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement,
dated as of January 25, 1996, made by A.P.S., Inc. in
favor of Chemical Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.7 Trademark Security Agreement, dated May 15, 1996,
made by A.P.S. Management Services, Inc. in favor of
Chemical Bank, as agent. (19)
10.1.8 Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1996, made by certain of the subsidiaries
of A.P.S., Inc. in favor of Chemical Bank, as agent.
(14)
10.1.9 Amended and Restated Security and Note Pledge
Agreement, dated as of January 25, 1996, made by
Autoparts Finance Company, Inc. in favor of Chemical
Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.10 Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1996, made by A.P.S., Inc. in favor of
Chemical Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.11 Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1996, made by APS Holding Corporation in
favor of Chemical Bank, as agent. (14)
10.1.12 Amended and Restated Lockbox Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1995, among Texas Commerce Bank National
Association, Chemical Bank, as Agent, and Autoparts
Finance Company, Inc. (14)
10.1.13 Amended and Restated Lockbox Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1995, among Texas Commerce Bank National
Association, Chemical Bank, as Agent, and A.P.S.,
Inc. (14)
10.1.14 Note Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 25, 1996,
made by APS Holding in favor of Chemical Bank, as
agent. (14)
10.1.15 Open-End Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of
January 25, 1996, from A.P.S., Inc., as mortgagor, to
Chemical Bank (as agent), as mortgagee. (14)
10.1.16 Second Amendment to Mortgage in respect of real
property located in Indiana, dated as of January 25,
1996, between A.P.S., Inc., as mortgagor, and
Chemical Bank (as agent), as mortgagee. (14)
10.1.17 Second Amendment to Deed of Trust in respect of real
property located in Missouri, dated as of January 25,
1996, between A.P.S., Inc., as grantor, and Chemical
Bank (as agent), as beneficiary. (14)
10.1.18 Second Amendment to Deed of Trust in respect of real
property located in Virginia, dated as of January 25,
1996, between American Parts System Inc., as grantor,
and Chemical Bank (as agent), as beneficiary. (14)
34
<PAGE>
10.1.19 Second Amendment to Deed of Trust, Assignment of
Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Financing
Statement in respect of real property located in New
Mexico, dated as of January 25, 1996, between
American Parts System, Inc., as trustor, and Chemical
Bank (as agent), as beneficiary. (14)
10.1.20 Second Amendment to Deed of Trust in respect of real
property located in Colorado, dated as of January 25,
1996, between A.P.S., Inc., as grantor, and Chemical
Bank (as agent), as beneficiary. (14)
10.1.21 First Amendment, dated as of April 23, 1996, to the
amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
January 25, 1996, among A.P.S., Inc., the several
lenders from time to time parties thereto, and
Chemical Bank, as agent. (16)
10.1.22 Second Amendment, dated as of August 28, 1996, to the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
January 25, 1996, among A.P.S., Inc., the several
lenders from time to time parties thereto, and The
Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly Chemical Bank), as
agent. (18)
10.1.23 Third Amendment, dated as of January 25, 1997, to the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
January 25, 1996, among A.P.S., Inc., the several
lenders from time to time parties thereto, and The
Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly Chemical Bank), as
agent. (19)
10.1.24 Waiver, dated as of April 25, 1997, to the Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 25,
1996, among A.P.S., Inc., the several lenders from
time to time parties thereto, and Chemical Bank, as
agent. (20)
10.1.24 Fourth Amendment, dated as of July 15, 1997, to the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
January 25, 1996, among A.P.S., Inc., the several
banks and other financial institutions from time to
time parties thereto, and The Chase Manhattan Bank,
as agent. (21)
10.1.25 Fifth Amendment and waiver, dated as of October 24,
1997, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of January 25, 1996, (the "Credit
dgreement") among A.P.S., Inc., the several banks and
other financial institutions from time to time
parties thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
agent. (22)
10.1.26 Sixth Amendment, Waiver and Agreement, dated as of
December 8, 1997, to the Credit Agreement. (22)
10.1.27 Security Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1997,
made by APS Holding Corporation in favor of The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as agent. (22)
10.1.28 Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1997, made
by American Parts System, Inc. in favor of The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as agent. (22)
10.1.29 Supplement, dated as of December 8, 1997, to the
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of May 15,
1996, made by A.P.S. Management Services, Inc. in
favor of The Chase Manhattan Bank, as agent. (22)
35
<PAGE>
10.1.30 Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Guarantee Agreement
among A.P.S., Inc., a Debtor-in-Possession, as
Borrower, APS Holding Corporation and the
Subsidiaries of the Borrower named herein, as
Guarantors and the lenders party hereto, and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent, dated as of February
2, 1998.
10.1.31 First Amendment, dated as of February 26, 1998 to the
Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Guarantee Agreement,
dated as of February 2, 1998.
10.2.1 Fund Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
November 22, 1989, between Fund IV and APS Holding.
(1)
10.2.2 Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 22,
1989, among APS Holding, APS Acquisition Corporation,
A.P.S., Inc., Clayton & Dubilier, Inc. and Fund IV.
(1)
10.2.3 Loanout Agreement, dated as of March 4, 1997, among
APS Holding Corporation, A.P.S., Inc., and Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (20)
10.2.3 Agreement, dated as of May 11, 1992, between Fund IV
and APS Holding. (4)
10.3.1 Registration and Participation Agreement. (1)
10.3.2 Letter Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1992, amending
the Registration and Participation Agreement (1).
10.4.1 Sales and Distribution Agreement, made as of October
6, 1989, by and between Standard Motor Products
Company, Inc. and APS for Tune-Up Products. (4)
10.4.2 Sales and Distribution Agreement, made as of October
6, 1989, between Standard Motor and APS for
Temperature Control Products. (1)
10.4.3 Amendment to the Sales and Distribution Agreements
between A.P.S., Inc. and Standard Motor Products
Company, Inc., for Tune-Up Products and Temperature
Control Products, dated October 26, 1989. (1)
10.4.4 Sales and Distribution Agreement, dated as of April
22, 1993, between APS and Standard Motor and APS, for
Big and Service Line and Specialty Tool Line
Products. (1)
10.4.5 Letter agreement dated March 20, 1997 between
Standard Motor Products, Inc. and A.P.S., Inc. (the
"Extension Agreement") amending the Sales and
Distribution agreement, made as of October 6, 1989,
by and between Standard Motor Products Company, Inc.
and A.P.S., Inc., for Tune-up Products, as amended,
and the Sales Distribution Agreement, made as of
October 6, 1989, between Standard Motor Products
COompany, Inc. and A.P.S., Inc. for Temperature
Control Products, as amended. (Certain portions of
the Extension Agreement have been omitted and filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (20)
36
<PAGE>
10.5.1 Agreement, executed April 14, 1993, between Big-A
Auto Parts, Inc., and Teamsters Local Union No. 429
of Reading, Pennsylvania. (5)
10.5.2 Agreement, executed on March 17, 1993, between APS
and Automotive Petroleum and Allied Industries
Employees Union, Local 618 of St. Louis, Missouri.
(5)
10.5.3 Agreement, Executed on March 6, 1992, between APS and
Truck Drivers, Chauffeurs and Helpers Local Union No.
384 of Pennsylvania. (5)
10.5.4 Agreement, entered into and effective as of July 1,
1993, between APS and Teamsters Local Union No. 284
of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters. (5)
10.6.1 APS Holding's 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan and
form of Management Stock Option Agreement. (1)
10.6.2 APS Holding's 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan as
amended through Amendment No. 1. (1)
10.6.3 Stock Subscription Agreements, between APS Holding
and each of the persons named on the schedule
attached thereto. (2)
10.7.1 APS Holding's 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan. (5)
10.7.2 Management Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
December 16, 1992, between APS Holding and Mark S.
Hoffman. (5)
10.7.3 Management Stock Option Agreements, dated as of May
17, 1993, between APS Holding and Douglas Beckstett.
(5)
10.7.4 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 16,
1992, between APS Holding and Theodore Barry. (5)
10.7.5 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 17, 1993,
between APS Holding and Theodore Barry. (5)
10.7.6 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 23,
1993, between APS Holding and Vince Heiker. (7)
10.7.7 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 23,
1993, between APS Holding and Paul G. Hargett. (8)
37
<PAGE>
10.8.1 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1993, between APS Holding and Kenneth
Caracci. (5)
10.8.2 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1993, between APS Holding and Douglas
Beckstett. (5)
10.8.3 Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of
August 24, 1993, between APS Holding and Mark S.
Hoffman. (5)
10.8.4 Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of August 24,
1993, between APS Holding and Wiley N. Caldwell. (5)
10.9 A.P.S., Inc., Executive 401(k) Deferral Plan. (17)
10.10.1 Confirmation for U.S. Dollar Rate Swap Transaction,
dated June 6, 1995, among Nations Bank of Texas, N.A.
and A.P.S., Inc. (12)
10.10.2 Confirmation of Conditions of Swap Transaction, dated
June 6, 1995, among Chemical Bank and A.P.S. (12)
10.10.3 Confirmation for U.S. Dollar Rate Swap Transaction,
dated July 7, 1995, among Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association and A.P.S., Inc. (13)
10.11 Purchase Agreement between A.P.S., Inc. and GKN Parts
Industries Corporation, dated December 5, 1995 (See
item 2.2). (15)
10.12 Agreement of Sale By and Between The Parts Source,
Inc. and A.P.S., Inc., dated as of October 22, 1996.
(18)
10.13 Agreement of Sale By and Between Rankin Automotive
Group, Inc., and Parts, Inc., dated as of September
12, 1996. (18)
11.1 Statement re Computation of Income (Loss) per Share
12 Statement re Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21 List of Subsidiaries of APS Holding
23.1 Consent of Independent Accountants
99.1 Press release issued by the Company on February 2,
1998. (23)
99.2 Press Release issued by the Company on February 3,
1998. (23)
99.3 Interim Order (I) authorizing secured postpetition
financing on a superpriority basis pursuant to 11
U.S.C. SS 364, (II) authorizing use of cash
collateral pursuant to 11 U.S.C. SS 363, (III)
granting adequate protection pursuant to 11 U.S.C. SS
363 and 364, and (IV) scheduling a final hearing
pursuant to bankruptcy rule 4001(c). (23)
38
<PAGE>
99.4 Final Order authorizing secured postpetition
financing on a superpriority basis pursuant to 11
U.S.C. SS 364. (24)
99.5 Press Release issued by the Company on February 27,
1998. (24)
- ------------
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-36102).
(2) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 26, 1991.
(3) Not used.
(4) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for year ended January 25, 1992.
(5) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-66412).
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form 10-Q
for the Quarter ended October 25, 1993.
(7) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for year ended January 29, 1994.
(8) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form 10-Q
for the Quarter ended April 25, 1994.
(9) Not used.
(10) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
8-K, as amended, dated September 26, 1994.
(11) Not used.
(12) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended April 25, 1995.
(13) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended July 25, 1995.
(14) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form 8-K
dated January 25,1996.
(15) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
8-K/A dated January 25, 1996.
(16) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended April 25, 1996.
39
<PAGE>
(17) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding
Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No.
333-10217.
(18) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended October 25, 1996.
(19) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Annual
Report on Form10-K for the year ended January 25, 1997.
(20) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended April 25, 1997.
(21) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended July 25, 1997.
(22) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
10-Q for the Quarter ended October 25, 1997.
(23) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
8-K, dated February 2, 1998.
(24) Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits filed with APS Holding's Form
8-K, dated February 26, 1998.
40
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
Date: April 30, 1998 BY:/s/HUBBARD C. HOWE
Hubbard C. Howe, Chairman of the Board
Date: April 29, 1998 BY:/s/BETTINA M. WHYTE
Bettina M. Whyte, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and
in the capacities on the dates indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ HUBBARD C. HOWE Chairman of the Board April 30, 1998
Hubbard C. Howe
/s/ BETTINA M. WHYTE President and April 29, 1998
Bettina Whyte Chief Executive Officer
/s/ JOHN L. HENDRIX Senior Vice President April 29, 1998
John L. Hendrix and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ WILEY N. CALDWELL Director April 28, 1998
Wiley N. Caldwell
/s/ MICHAEL J. DUBILIER Director April 29, 1998
Michael J. Dubilier
/s/ JOSEPH P. FLANNERY Director April 29, 1998
Joseph P. Flannery
/s/ DONALD J. GOGEL Director April 30, 1998
Donald J. Gogel
/s/ JERRY K. MYERS Director April 29, 1998
Jerry K. Myers
/s/ H. JACK MEANY Director April 27, 1998
H. Jack Meany
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
APS HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Accountants ............................................. F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 31, 1998 and January 25, 1997 .......... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
January 31, 1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 .................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
January 31, 1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 .................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 1998,
January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 ........................................ F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................... F-7
Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of APS Holding Corporation as of
January 31, 1998 and January 25, 1997 and for the years ended January 31,
1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 ................................ F-24
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended January 31,
1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 ................................ F-25
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
APS Holding Corporation:
We have audited the consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedules of APS Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries (debtor in possession,
effective February 2, 1998) listed on the accompanying index on Page F-1 of this
Form 10-K. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedules based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of APS Holding
Corporation and Subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and January 25, 1997, and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years
ended January 31, 1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to
the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material
respects, the information required to be included therein.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements, APS Holding Corporation and its direct and
indirect subsidiaries filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code on February 2, 1998. Although the Company is
currently operating its business as a debtor in possession under the
jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, the continuation of the Company's business
as a going concern is contingent upon, among other things, the ability to
formulate a plan of reorganization which will gain approval of the creditors and
confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court, and the Company's ability to generate
sufficient cash from operations or other sources to meet ongoing obligations
over a sustained period. These matters raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do
not include any adjustments that may be required in connection with
restructuring the Company as it reorganizes under Chapter 11 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, during the
year ended January 27, 1996, the Company changed its methods of accounting for
impairment of long-lived assets and impairment of notes receivable.
The selected quarterly financial data in Note 12 contains information that we
did not audit, and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion on that data. For
reasons described in Note 12, we were unable to review the quarterly data for
the year ended January 25, 1997 in accordance with standards established by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
Houston, Texas
April 28, 1998
F-2
<PAGE>
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25,
ASSETS 1998 1997
--------- ---------
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ........................ $ 4,574 $ 13,370
Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance of
$18,155 and $11,164 ............................ 99,223 103,168
Inventories ...................................... 253,394 294,816
Deferred tax asset ............................... -- 19,789
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ........ 20,071 35,543
--------- ---------
Total current assets .......................... 377,262 466,686
Property and equipment, net ......................... 41,054 44,483
Notes receivable, less current portion .............. 21,497 21,615
Intangible assets, net .............................. 32,499 47,073
Investment in available-for-sale securities ......... 584 3,977
Deferred costs and other assets ..................... 14,015 14,371
--------- ---------
$ 486,911 $ 598,205
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Book overdrafts .................................. $ -- $ 6,306
Current maturities of long-term debt ............. 328,034 15,471
Accounts payable ................................. 87,964 106,927
Accrued liabilities .............................. 48,255 44,359
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities ..................... 464,253 173,063
Long-term debt, less current maturities ............. 1,207 305,941
Deferred tax liability .............................. -- 561
Deferred income and other liabilities ............... 2,837 4,071
--------- ---------
Total liabilities ............................. 468,297 483,636
--------- ---------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6) .............. -- --
8% cumulative redeemable preferred stock,
liquidation preference $2.00 per share,
authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued ..... -- --
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock, par value $.01, authorized
20,000,000 shares; issued 13,795,627 shares and
13,769,868 shares ............................. 138 137
Class B common stock, par value $.01, authorized
20,000,000 shares; no shares issued ........... -- --
Additional paid-in capital ....................... 155,601 155,363
Accumulated deficit .............................. (137,005) (41,712)
Treasury stock, 5,517 shares at cost ............. (120) (120)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities . -- 901
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity .................... 18,614 114,569
--------- ---------
$ 486,911 $ 598,205
========= =========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
Net sales ............................. $ 812,942 $ 858,739 $ 603,737
Cost of goods sold .................... 553,596 583,146 397,164
--------- --------- ---------
Gross profit ..................... 259,346 275,593 206,573
Selling, general and administrative
expenses ............................. 276,943 271,754 171,210
Asset impairment and restructuring
charge ............................... 28,969 -- 11,224
--------- --------- ---------
Operating income (loss) .......... (46,566) 3,839 24,139
Interest income ....................... 5,300 5,609 5,265
Other income .......................... 200 1,765 1,535
--------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before writedown
on available-for-sale securities,
taxes interest expense, income
and extraordinary item ........... (41,066) 11,213 30,939
Writedown on available-for-sale
securities ........................... 1,916 -- --
Interest expense ...................... 32,590 27,296 16,256
--------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes and extraordinary item ..... (75,572) (16,083) 14,683
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .. 19,721 (5,247) 5,447
--------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item .............. (95,293) (10,836) 9,236
Extraordinary item - charges
resulting from extinguishment of debt,
net of income taxes (Note 5) ......... -- -- (2,468)
--------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ..................... $ (95,293) $ (10,836) $ 6,768
========= ========= =========
Income (loss) per share:
Basic:
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item ................................. $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.67
Extraordinary item .................... -- -- (0.18)
--------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ..................... $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.49
========= ========= =========
Diluted:
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item ................................ $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.66
Extraordinary item .................... -- -- (0.18)
--------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ..................... $ (6.91) $ (0.79) $ 0.48
========= ========= =========
Basic weighted average shares
outstanding ......................... 13,782 13,741 13,725
Dilutive impact of stock options ...... -- -- 176
--------- --------- ---------
Dilutive weighted average shares
outstanding ......................... 13,782 13,741 13,901
========= ========= =========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A ADDITIONAL TOTAL
COMMON STOCK PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TREASURY UNREALIZED STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT STOCKS GAIN/LOSS EQUITY
------- ---- -------- --------- ----- ----- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 28, 1995 .................... 13,722 $137 $154,845 $ (37,644) $(120) $-- $ 117,218
Issuance of common stock ....................... 6 -- 44 -- -- -- 44
Net income for the year ........................ -- -- -- 6,768 -- -- 6,768
------- ---- -------- --------- ----- ----- ---------
Balance at January 27, 1996 .................... 13,728 137 154,889 (30,876) (120) -- 124,030
Issuance of common stock ....................... 36 -- 174 -- -- -- 174
Tax benefit associated with stock options ...... -- -- 300 -- -- -- 300
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities -- -- -- -- -- 901 901
Net loss for the year .......................... -- -- -- (10,836) -- -- (10,836)
------- ---- -------- --------- ----- ----- ---------
Balance at January 25, 1997 .................... 13,764 $137 $155,363 $ (41,712) $(120) $ 901 $ 114,569
Exercise of stock options ...................... 26 1 238 -- -- -- 239
Writedown on available-for-sale
securities ................................... -- -- -- -- -- (901) (901)
Net loss for the year .......................... -- -- -- (95,293) -- -- (95,293)
------- ---- -------- --------- ----- ----- ---------
Balance at January 31, 1998 .................... 13,790 $138 $155,601 $(137,005) $(120) $-- $ 18,614
======= ==== ======== ========= ===== ===== =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) .......................... $(95,293) $(10,836) $ 6,768
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities:
Extraordinary item ........................ -- -- 2,468
Asset impairment and restructuring charge . 28,969 -- 11,224
Inventory writedown ....................... 1,268 -- --
Depreciation and amortization ............. 13,123 12,094 7,794
Amortization of debt discount and debt
issue costs .............................. 1,182 784 955
Gain on sale of stores .................... -- (1,343) --
Provision for bad debts ................... 12,809 9,472 3,786
Income from supply agreement .............. (200) (423) (1,535)
Deferred income taxes ..................... 19,228 (4,955) 2,503
Tax benefit associated with stock options . -- 300 --
Writedown on available-for-sale investments 1,916 -- --
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable .................... (7,872) 8,036 (22,697)
Inventories ............................ 45,044 7,098 (42,283)
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets ............................... 12,068 (4,652) (6,343)
Accounts payable ....................... (18,963) 3,713 449
Accrued liabilities .................... (5,327) 152 (2,368)
Other assets and liabilities ........... (5,795) (5,117) (2,615)
-------- -------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities ................. 2,157 14,323 (41,894)
-------- -------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Investment in notes receivable ............. (10,956) (11,572) (9,314)
Proceeds from repayment of notes
receivable ............................... 10,361 15,554 7,841
Investment in available-for-sale
securities ............................... -- (2,500) --
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired (2,200) (7,928) (87,834)
Proceeds from disposition of assets ........ -- 4,843 --
Capital expenditures ....................... (9,920) (10,849) (8,422)
-------- -------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities .. (12,715) (12,452) (97,729)
-------- -------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Change in book overdrafts .................. (6,306) (2,008) 8,314
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ..... 239 174 44
Proceeds from term loans ................... -- -- 65,000
Net borrowings under revolving credit
facility ................................. 23,300 18,900 148,400
Proceeds from senior subordinated notes .... -- -- 100,000
Retirement of long-term debt ............... (15,471) (13,453) (167,968)
Debt issuance costs ........................ -- -- (6,296)
-------- -------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing
activities ........................... 1,762 3,613 147,494
-------- -------- ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...... (8,796) 5,484 7,871
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period ......................................... 13,370 7,886 15
-------- -------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..... $ 4,574 $ 13,370 $ 7,886
======== ======== =========
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid for interest................... $ 25,304 $ 25,070 $ 17,060
======== ======== =========
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes .... $ (4,835) $ 2,289 $ 5,223
======== ======== =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. PETITION FOR REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11:
On February 2, 1998, APS Holding Corporation ("APS Holding") and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively referred to as "the Company")
filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code
("Bankruptcy Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware ("Bankruptcy Court"). Since February 2, 1998, the Company has been
operating as a debtor in possession ("DIP").
As a debtor in possession, the Company is authorized to operate its
business, but may not engage in transactions outside of the normal course of
business without approval, after notice and hearing, of the Bankruptcy Court. A
creditors' committee was formed on February 13, 1998, which has the right to
review and object to business transactions outside the ordinary course and
participate in any plan or plans of reorganization.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. Accordingly, the consolidated
financial statements do not purport to show (a) the realizable value of assets
on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (b)
ultimate pre-petition liability amounts that may be allowed for claims or
contingencies or the status and priority thereof; (c) the effect of any changes
that may be made to the capitalization of the Company; or (d) the effect of any
changes that may be made in the Company's business operations. The outcome of
these matters is not presently determinable. The continued viability of the
Company under Chapter 11 and subsequent to Chapter 11 is dependent upon, among
other factors, confirmation of a plan of reorganization and the ability to
generate sufficient cash from operations and financing sources to meet
obligations.
As of February 2, 1998, actions to collect prepetition indebtedness were
stayed and other contractual obligations could not be enforced against the
Company. Certain prepetition liabilities are subject to approval by the
Bankruptcy Court for payment in the ordinary course of business.
The Bankruptcy Code allows the debtor to either assume or reject certain
executory contracts, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval. Parties to contracts,
which are rejected, are entitled to file claims for losses or damages sustained
as a result of the rejection.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
GENERAL - The Company is a leading warehouse distributor of automotive
replacement parts in the United States, supplying over 1,650 parts stores owned
by independent operators, 273 company-owned stores and 214 Installers' Service
Warehouses ("ISW") from a network of 27 distribution centers at January 31,
1998("Fiscal Year 1998").
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION - The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of APS Holding and its wholly-owned and majority-owned
subsidiaries except for those where control is expected to be temporary. All
significant intercompany balances have been eliminated.
FISCAL YEAR - The Company has adopted a fiscal year which ends on the last
Saturday in January.
CASH EQUIVALENTS - The Company considers all highly liquid debt
instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
CUSTOMER NOTES RECEIVABLE -The Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No.'s 114 and 118, "ACCOUNTING BY CREDITORS FOR IMPAIRMENT
OF A LOAN" and "ACCOUNTING BY CREDITORS FOR IMPAIRMENT OF A LOAN INCOME
RECOGNITION AND DISCLOSURES" (hereinafter collectively referred to as "SFAS No.
114") in the first quarter of the fiscal year ended January 27, 1996 ("Fiscal
Year 1996"). Under SFAS No. 114, certain impaired loans are required to be
measured based either on the present value of expected future cash flows
discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's observable market
price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Because the Company's customer notes receivable are generally collateral
dependent, the Company
F-7
<PAGE>
generally assesses the value of such impaired notes receivable based upon the
fair value of each note's underlying collateral. As a result, the adoption of
SFAS No. 114 did not result in any adjustment to the Company's financial
statements.
The adequacy of the allowance for losses on customer notes receivable is
periodically evaluated in order to maintain the allowance at a level that is
sufficient to absorb probable credit losses. Management's evaluation of the
adequacy of the allowance includes a review of each note's credit history, the
estimated value of collateral and other circumstances that may affect the
customer's ability to repay principal and interest. A customer's note receivable
is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to
collect all amounts due according to the scheduled payments and other
contractual terms of the note. Impairment losses are included in the provision
for bad debts.
Interest payments on impaired customer notes receivable are typically
applied to principal unless collectibility of the principal amount is fully
assured, in which case interest income is recognized on the cash basis.
Customer notes receivable are generally classified as nonaccrual if they
are past due for 90 days or more, unless such notes are well-collateralized
and/or in the process of collection. Loans may be returned to accrual status
when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured
of repayment within an acceptable period of time, and there is a sustained
period of repayment performance for a minimum of three months.
The following table summarizes impaired loan information (in thousands):
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
------ ------
Impaired customer notes receivable
with no loss reserves ................... $1,586 $6,029
Impaired customer notes receivable
with loss reserves ...................... 6 --
------ ------
Total impaired customer notes
receivable ................................ $1,592 $6,029
====== ======
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
---------------- ----------------
Average investment in impaired
customer notes receivable................... $1,419 $5,975
Interest income recognized on
impaired loans.............................. 148 523
Cash basis interest income recognized
on impaired loans........................... 89 184
An analysis of the allowance for credit losses follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
Balance at beginning of period $375 $350 $500
Provisions charged to operating
expense.............................. 602 25 350
Loans charged off, net of
recoveries........................... - - (500)
---- ---- ----
Balance at end of period.............. $977 $375 $350
==== ==== ====
INVENTORIES - Inventories, which consist of finished goods, are carried
at the lower of cost (FIFO) or market. Reserves are maintained for anticipated
customer returns and allowances.
The cost of inventory at Company-owned stores includes overhead costs
incurred by the Company's distribution centers to prepare and ship inventory to
such stores. During the year ended January 25, 1997, the Company refined its
estimate of the rate used to capitalize overhead costs in store inventory. Such
change in
F-8
<PAGE>
estimate resulted in an increase in capitalized overhead in Company-owned store
inventory of approximately $1.7 million at January 25, 1997.
VENDOR INCENTIVES - The Company receives from certain of its suppliers
volume rebates in connection with its inventory purchases as well as discounts
relating to the initial inventory purchased for a new ISW unit. These rebates
and discounts are treated as a component of inventory cost and are recorded to
cost of goods sold over an aggregate inventory turn.
In addition, the Company receives from certain of its suppliers discounts
and allowances designated for advertising, promotional and discounting
activities as well as one-time changeover incentives for changing suppliers on
certain product categories. Such discounts and allowances are recorded to cost
of goods sold when earned. Product changeover incentives are recorded to
selling, general and administrative expenses to offset direct and indirect costs
incurred to carry out the product changeover. Selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended January 25, 1997 have been reduced by
the recognition of one-time supplier changeover and acquisition incentives in
the amount of approximately $12.1 million. Such incentives were provided in
connection with the acquisition and integration of Parts, Inc. into the Company.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost or, in
the case of real property under capital leases, at cost or the present value of
future minimum lease payments. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments,
which extend the original estimated economic useful lives of the applicable
assets, are capitalized. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets
sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss
thereon is reflected in operations currently.
Upon the decision to close facilities, the Company records a provision to
writedown the fixed assets at such facilities to be closed to their net
realizable value. Furthermore, a provision is established at that time to
reserve for estimated future lease costs and related obligations.
Depreciation and amortization, including amortization of real property
leased under capital leases, are computed on a straight-line basis over the
estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining terms of the leases.
Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment totaled $7.0
million, $6.4 million and $4.6 million for fiscal years ended January 31, 1998,
January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996, respectively. A summary of the cost of
property and equipment and the estimated useful lives for financial reporting
purposes is as follows (in thousands):
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, ESTIMATED
1998 1997 LIVES
----------- ----------- ---------
Land.......................$ 4,174 $ 4,034
Buildings and improvements. 12,755 12,603 30 years
Furniture and fixtures..... 16,454 16,003 10 years
Leasehold improvements..... 7,974 7,964 2-25 years
Machinery and equipment.... 27,350 24,013 3-15 years
Real property under capital
lease..................... 1,043 1,044 2-10 years
Construction in progress... 7,005 2,771
--------- ---------
76,755 68,432
Accumulated depreciation and
amortization:
Property and equipment. (34,724) (23,086)
Capital leases......... (977) (863)
---------- ----------
$ 41,054 $ 44,483
========== ==========
F-9
<PAGE>
INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, ESTIMATED
1998 1997 LIVES
----------- ----------- ---------
Excess of purchase price
over fair value
of net assets acquired... $ 37,664 $ 34,192 5-40 years
Associate jobber network... 18,600 18,600 30 years
Leasehold equity........... 4,106 4,106 2-23 years
Other intangible assets.... 113 113 9 years
---------- ----------
60,483 57,011
Accumulated amortization... (27,984) (9,938)
---------- -----------
$ 32,499 $ 47,073
========= ==========
Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated
life. Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $2.6 million, $2.7
million and $2.2 million for fiscal years ended January 31, 1998, January 25,
1997 and January 27, 1996, respectively.
Prior to the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1996, intangible assets were
assessed for impairment based on estimated undiscounted future operating income.
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1996, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, entitled "ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT
OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF" ("SFAS No.
121"), which requires evaluation of impairment based on undiscounted future cash
flows. If such cash flows are not expected to recover the unamortized cost, the
intangible assets are written down to fair value. The Company charged off $1.6
million of excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired and
$0.6 million of property and equipment upon the adoption of SFAS No. 121 in
Fiscal Year 1996.
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1998, the Company recorded non-cash
charges of approximately $15.8 million and $4.5 million for writedowns of
intangible assets and property and equipment. The intangible assets writedown
consisted of approximately $14.5 million related to excess of purchase price
over fair value of net assets acquired and $1.3 million related to the associate
jobber network. The intangible assets and property and equipment writedowns were
based on estimated future cash flows, which were impacted by management's review
of certain Company-owned stores, ISWs and distribution centers that potentially
could be closed. The writedowns are included in "Asset impairment and
restructuring charge" in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
INVESTMENT IN AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES - Securities to be held for
indefinite periods of time, including securities that may be sold in response to
changes in interest rates or other similar factors, are classified as
available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Fair values of securities are
estimated based on available market quotations. Unrealized holding gains and
losses, net of taxes, on available-for-sale securities are reported as a
separate component of stockholders' equity until realized. Realized gains and
losses upon the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the
specific identification method.
The Company reviews its financial position, liquidity and future plans in
evaluating the criteria for classifying investment securities. Securities are
classified among categories at the time the securities are purchased. Declines
in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost
that are other than temporary, result in a writedown of the individual
securities to their fair value. During the quarter ended January 31, 1998, the
Company recorded a $1.9 million realized loss on the writedown of its investment
in one of its jobbers.
CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS - The Company capitalizes costs to
develop software for internal use once conceptual formulation, design and
testing on each software project have been successfully completed. Such costs
capitalized generally include professional services rendered by third parties,
direct internal payroll and payroll-related costs for time spent directly on the
project, and interest costs incurred while developing internal-use software.
Upon completion of each software project, the Company plans to amortize each
project's capitalized cost over a period of up to five years.
F-10
<PAGE>
DEBT ISSUE COSTS - Debt issue costs relating to the Company's long-term
debt are included in deferred costs and other assets and are amortized to
interest expense over the scheduled maturity of the debt utilizing the interest
method. Unamortized debt issue costs relating to long-term debt retired prior to
its scheduled maturity are charged off as an extraordinary item.
BOOK OVERDRAFTS - Certain of the Company's cash balances reflect credit
balances to the extent that checks written have not yet been presented to banks
for payment. Such balances are classified as "Book overdrafts" in the Company's
consolidated balance sheet.
INCOME TAXES - The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for
income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in
future years of differences in the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their
financial reporting amounts based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates
applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect
taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce
deferred income tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not expected to
be realized.
REVENUE RECOGNITION - The Company records sales when its products are
shipped. A reserve is maintained for anticipated returns and allowances, based
primarily on historical experience and current estimates.
ADVERTISING COSTS - Advertising costs are expensed in the period the
advertising occurs. Advertising expense for fiscal years ended January 31, 1998,
January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 totaled approximately $6.4 million, $6.6
million, and $4.5 million, respectively.
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE - In the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year
1998, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 128, "EARNINGS PER SHARE," as required, and restated the
previously reported earnings per share amounts in conformity with SFAS No. 128.
The new standard specifies the computation, presentation, and disclosure
requirements for earnings per share.
MANAGEMENT'S ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES - During the quarter ended October 25, 1997,
the Company exercised its rights as a secured creditor with respect to the
assets of one of its customers, resulting in the non-cash acquisition of assets
valued at approximately $3.5 million.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS - The Company will adopt SFAS No. 130,
"REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME," during the first quarter of the year ended
January 30, 1996 ("Fiscal Year 1999"). SFAS No. 130 requires a statement of
comprehensive income to be included in the financial statements for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997.
The Company will adopt SFAS No. 131, "DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION," no later than the fourth quarter of the
year ended January 30, 1999 "Fiscal Year 1999." SFAS No. 131 establishes
standards for the manner in which public business enterprises report selected
information about operating segments.
The Company will adopt the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 132,
"EMPLOYER'S DISCLOSURES ABOUT PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS", in
the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1999. SFAS No. 132 revises disclosure
requirements for pension and postretirement benefit plans as to standardize
certain disclosures and eliminate certain other disclosures no longer deemed
useful. SFAS No. 132 does not change the measurement or recognition criteria for
such plans.
3. ASSET IMPAIRMENT AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES:
F-11
<PAGE>
During the quarter ended July 25, 1997, the Company commenced
implementation of a comprehensive program for reducing costs and achieving
profitability. As part of such program, and in order to position the Company to
achieve improved operating performance, the Company has been consolidating
redundant administrative functions and has closed certain under-performing
facilities. The program included the planned closure of 50 ISWs and 15
Company-owned stores. At January 31, 1998, the program has resulted in the
closure of 50 ISWs and 11 Company-owned stores. Aggregate revenue from such
facilities was approximately $14.9 million during the year ended January 31,
1998, compared to approximately $23.8 million in the prior Fiscal Year.
Aggregate losses before income taxes and after overhead allocations from such
facilities were approximately $2.6 million for the year ended January 31, 1998,
compared to approximately $1.6 million in the prior fiscal year. As a result of
such program, during the quarter ended July 25, 1997, the Company recorded a
restructuring charge of approximately $8.7 million. Such charge consisted of
approximately $2.2 million for estimated costs to close facilities,
approximately $1.4 million of employee severance benefits related to personnel
reductions of approximately 570 employees (including field and corporate level
staff reductions), approximately $3.2 million for future lease and related
obligations and approximately $1.9 million of asset impairments. In addition, in
connection with such restructuring program, approximately $1.3 million was
charged to cost of goods sold during the quarter ended July 25, 1997 for
inventory write-offs expected in connection with facility closures, and
approximately $1.8 million was charged to selling, general and administrative
expenses for incremental bad debt expected in connection with such closures.
During the year ended January 31, 1998, approximately $4.1 million of costs were
charged to the liabilities and reserves established at July 25, 1997 for such
restructuring and related charges (including approximately $1.1 million of
employee severance). Approximately $2.7 million of such charges were recorded as
liabilities at January 31, 1998.
On January 25, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Parts, Inc. ("PI") from GKN Parts Industries Corporation ("GKN") for a purchase
price, as adjusted, of $74.9 million (the "PI Acquisition"). The PI acquisition
was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the purchase price was
allocated to PI's assets and liabilities based on the estimated fair value as of
the date of acquisition. Such liabilities included $9.2 million of costs to exit
PI facilities. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of
identifiable net assets acquired was approximately $18.2 million and is being
amortized using the straight-line method over 30 years. PI's results of
operations for the two days between the consummation of the PI Acquisition and
the Company's fiscal year end were immaterial to the Company's results of
operations for the fiscal year ended January 27, 1996.
The Company's financial statements at January 31, 1998 also include
liabilities and reserves in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million for costs
related to the closure and consolidation of certain facilities and
administrative functions pursuant to programs of rationalization implemented by
the Company during the fiscal year ended January 27, 1996 in connection with the
PI Acquisition. The Company attained a majority of the program's objectives
during the year ended January 25, 1997 and expects final completion of such
programs during the fiscal year ending January 30, 1999. During the year ended
January 31, 1998, the Company charged approximately $2.6 million against such
liability and reserves, including approximately $0.2 million of employee
termination costs.
4. ACCRUED LIABILITIES:
Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
Payroll, benefits and related items $ 8,088 $ 12,087
Facility closure reserves ......... 6,265 7,970
Insurance reserves................. 2,973 4,763
Interest........................... 7,852 1,748
Customer return reserves........... 4,042 3,413
Customer rebates and discount ..... 2,788 3,823
Advertising and sales promotion.... 3,318 1,418
Other.............................. 12,930 9,137
--------- ---------
$ 48,255 $ 44,359
======== ========
F-12
<PAGE>
5. DEBT:
COMPONENTS OF LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
JANUARY JANUARY
31, 1998 25, 1997
--------- ---------
New Credit Agreement:
Term Loans, payable in installments through 1999 ..... $ 37,000 $ 52,000
Revolving Credit Facility, payable in 2000 ........... 190,600 167,300
11.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 ........... 100,000 100,000
Note payable in installments through 2013 at 7.5% .... 959 992
Other ................................................ 682 1,120
--------- ---------
329,241 321,412
Less current maturities .............................. (328,034) (15,471)
--------- ---------
$ 1,207 $ 305,941
========= =========
DEBTOR IN POSSESSION FINANCING AND SENIOR BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT.
On February 2, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court gave approval on an interim basis
for $45 million of a $100 million DIP financing facility ("DIP Financing") with
a syndicate of bank lenders led by The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Senior Lenders").
On February 26, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court gave final approval to the facility.
The amount of new loans that may be outstanding at any time may not exceed a
maximum that varies from month to month ranging from $40 million to $65 million
(exclusive letters of credit).
The DIP financing approved by the Bankruptcy Court is provided for in a new
Revolving Credit, Term Loan, Guarantee Agreement ("DIP Financing Facility"). The
DIP Financing Facility includes the new DIP financing referred to above
("Tranche A") and approximately $228 million of borrowings that were outstanding
under the previous revolving credit facility and term loan facilities ("Previous
Bank Credit Agreement"), which were refinanced in the amount of $228 million
("Tranche B") and combined with the new DIP Financing Facility into a single
post-filing date facility. The $228 million is classified as a current liability
at year end. The Tranche A loans are available on a revolving loan basis, and
the Tranche A facility includes a $20 million sub-facility for letters of
credit, subject to certain restrictions. The DIP Financing Facility has a
superpriority administrative claim as well as a first priority security interest
in and lien upon all of the Company's assets. The Tranche A and B borrowings
bear interest at the Company's option of either the bank agent's stated base
rate plus a margin of 1.5% or at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% for Tranche A
borrowings or 2.75% for Tranche B borrowings. The DIP Financing Facility has a
final maturity date of January 31, 1999 and includes various covenants and
restrictions on the Company and its business. While the Company has been in
compliance with its covenants through March 1998, it is likely that continuation
of unfavorable operational conditions may require the Company to seek
modification of its current bank covenants during the second or third quarter of
the current fiscal year. If the bank should not agree to any such modifications
the Company would be in default under the DIP Financing Facility. If such
modifications were not made or if any such default were not waived, the Company
might have to pursue a sale or orderly liquidation of its business.
Under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement, as of December 8, 1997, the
Company obtained a waiver of its Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio and Minimum Net Worth covenant requirements (the "Financial
Covenants"). Pursuant to such waiver, aggregate borrowings under the Previous
Bank Credit Agreement were limited to $204.7 million until February 10, 1998.
Effective as of December 8, 1997, lenders under the Previous Bank Credit
Agreement agreed, during the period from December 31, 1997 to the earliest of
(i) February 10, 1998, (ii) the date on which a default or event of default
under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement (other than as a result of the
Company's failure to comply with the Financial Covenants at January 31, 1998)
occurs and (iii) the effective date of a new financing, to allow the Company to
continue to borrow under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement (notwithstanding the
expiration after December 31, 1997 of the waiver of the Financial Covenants) and
to forebear from exercising any of their rights or remedies against the Company
under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement and related documents as a result of
the Company's failure to comply with the Financial Covenants at January 31,
1998. The $204.7 million borrowing limit under the previous revolving credit
facility was in effect during this period. If the Company had not obtained the
DIP Financing Facility or otherwise obtained an amendment to the Previous Bank
Credit Agreement to cure its failure to comply with the Financial Covenants
prior to February 10,
F-13
<PAGE>
1998, at any time thereafter the lenders could have accelerated the maturity of
the outstanding loans under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement. The entire
amount outstanding under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement has been classified
as a current liability at January 31, 1998.
As of January 31, 1998, the Company had aggregate borrowings under the
Previous Bank Credit Agreement of $227.6 million, consisting of $190.6 million
and $37.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the previous revolving credit
facility and previous term loan facility, respectively, and approximately $3.6
million in outstanding letters of credit under the Previous Bank Credit
Agreement. Borrowing availability under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement at
January 31, 1998 after taking into account borrowing base restrictions and
outstanding letters of credit and the waiver described in the above paragraph,
was approximately $3.2 million; however, the Company had cash on hand of
approximately $4.6 million as of January 31, 1998. Borrowings under the Previous
Bank Credit Agreement bore interest at variable rates based in part upon the
Company attaining certain financial ratios. At January 31, 1998, such were rates
at the maximum levels provided for under the interest rate pricing structure, as
a result of the Company's current financial ratios. The weighted average
interest rates borne by the loans under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement were
8.55% and 7.23% , respectively, as of January 31, 1998 and January 25, 1997. The
obligations of A.P.S., Inc., APS Holding Corporation's wholly owned subsidiary,
under the Previous Bank Credit Agreement are guaranteed by APS Holding
Corporation and each of A.P.S., Inc.'s wholly owned subsidiaries, and are
collateralized by pledges of the capital stock of A.P.S., Inc. and such
subsidiaries, by security interests in substantially all of the Company's
personal property and by mortgages on certain of its owned real property.
During the year ended January 27, 1996, the Company recorded an
extraordinary charge of $2.5 million, consisting of the write-off of unamortized
debt issue costs of $3.9 million, net of an income tax benefit of $1.4 million.
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
The PI Acquisition was financed through the private placement of $100.0
million principal amount of the Company's senior subordinated notes (the
"Notes"). The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used to pay the
approximately $79.7 million cash payment at closing for the PI Acquisition, to
pay related fees and expenses and to repay a portion of the borrowings under a
prior credit agreement. Prior to the Chapter 11 Proceedings the Notes would have
matured on January 15, 2006 and bore interest at a rate of 11.875%, payable
semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year. During the year ended
January 25, 1997, the Company filed a registration statement with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), pursuant to which it made and completed an
offer to exchange registered Notes for all of the initially issued Notes. The
Company did not make its scheduled interest payment on the Notes on January 15
,1998. The Chapter 11 Proceedings and missed interest payment constituted an
event of default under the indenture relating to the Notes. As a result of the
Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Notes have been accelerated, but payments are not
currently being made. The entire amount outstanding under the Notes at January
31, 1998 has been classified as a current liability.
GUARANTEE OF LONG-TERM DEBT
APS Holding and all of the current wholly-owned subsidiaries of A.P.S.,
Inc. (the "Subsidiaries") have jointly and severally guaranteed the payment of
A.P.S., Inc.'s obligations under the Notes and the New Credit Facility. Separate
financial statements of A.P.S., Inc. and the Subsidiaries are not presented
herein because the Subsidiaries have jointly and severally guaranteed payment of
A.P.S., Inc.'s obligations under the Notes and because the aggregate assets,
liabilities, net loss and equity of A.P.S., Inc. and the Subsidiaries are
substantially equivalent to the assets, liabilities, net loss and equity of APS
Holding on a consolidated basis.
F-14
<PAGE>
LONG-TERM DEBT MATURITIES
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt for the fiscal years
subsequent to the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998 are as follows (in
thousands):
1999........................ $ 328,034
2000........................ 322
2001........................ 41
2002........................ 45
2003........................ 48
Thereafter.................. 751
-----------
$ 329,241
===========
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
LITIGATION
The Company is involved in various claims and disputes arising in the
normal course of business, including the matter of BARRY S. LAMM AND LAMM AUTO
STORES, INC. V. PARTS, INC., PARTS PLUS, ET AL, which was filed in The Circuit
Court of Mobile County, Alabama on June 21, 1996. The plaintiff in such case
seeks both compensatory and punitive damages in making a number of claims,
including both willful and reckless misrepresentation, suppression of material
fact, promissory fraud (all in violation of the Code of Alabama), and
conspiracy, breach of contract and intentional interference with contractual or
business relationships, all in connection with the operation of an automotive
parts business by the plaintiff while a customer of Parts, Inc. The Company
entered into an agreement with the plaintiff's counsel to settle this action for
a payment of $2.35 million. As a result of the Company's bankruptcy proceeding,
no payment was paid and this action, as to the Company, is now stayed. The
Company believes that the costs of defending such action as well as the
settlement, are the subject of a contractual indemnification by GKN Parts. The
Company has made a claim for indemnity to GKN Parts, which has been denied.
ENVIRONMENTAL
The Company has been notified that it is considered a potentially
responsible party in connection with federal or state environmental clean-up
investigations at a landfill location, which is a "Superfund" site identified on
the National Priorities List of the Environmental Protection Agency in
connection with the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980. The Company has not incurred, and does not expect to
incur, any material liability, either individually or in the aggregate, in
connection with this site, although no assurance can be given in this regard.
In addition, the Company is aware of investigations of two other
locations, including one site formerly operated by a former A.P.S., Inc.
subsidiary. In part because these investigations are in the preliminary stages,
the Company cannot currently estimate what liabilities, if any, it may have with
respect to these matters. The Company believes that, pursuant to an agreement
with Wickes Companies, Inc. ("Wickes") (the predecessor parent company of
A.P.S., Inc., now an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Collins & Aikman
Corporation), Wickes will be required to indemnify the Company against any
liabilities associated with such former A.P.S., Inc. subsidiary's operations.
Since the divestiture from Wickes, the Company has not incurred any material
liabilities in connection with any matter for which Wickes has indemnified the
Company, nor has the Company experienced any difficulties in obtaining
appropriate indemnification for such matters as have arisen. The Company
believes, however, that Wickes may be a highly leveraged entity, and there can
be no assurance that the Company will not experience any such difficulties in
the future.
F-15
<PAGE>
LEASES
The Company has entered into operating and capital leases for land,
buildings and equipment. Certain land and building leases provide that the
Company pay taxes, maintenance, insurance and other occupancy expenses
applicable to the leased premises. Additionally, certain vehicle and equipment
leases provide for short lease terms with month to month renewal options and
guaranteed residual clauses. Generally, the leases provide for renewal for
various periods at stipulated rates. Rental expense for fiscal years ended
January 31, 1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 was approximately $26.8
million, $28.8 million and $17.2 million, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments under capital leases and noncancellable
operating leases (net of sublease rental income of $1.5 million) as of January
31, 1998 are as follows (in thousands):
CAPITAL OPERATING
FISCAL YEAR LEASES LEASES
-------- -------
1999........................ $163 $17,631
2000........................ 51 13,562
2001........................ - 9,422
2002........................ - 5,203
2003........................ - 3,349
Thereafter.................. - 3,063
-------- -------
Total minimum obligations... 214 $52,230
=======
Less estimated interest..... (14)
-------
Present value of net minimum
obligations................ 200
Less current portion........ 151
-------
Long-term obligations
under capital leases $ 49
=======
The Bankruptcy Code allows the debtor to either assume or reject certain
executory contracts, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval. Parties to contracts
which are rejected are entitled to file claims for losses or damages sustained
as a result of the rejection.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
The Company is engaged in the distribution of automotive replacement parts
and accessories. Approximately 53% of the Company's sales for the Fiscal Year
1998 were derived from independently owned jobbers that participate in the "Big
A Program." The remaining 47% of sales are derived from company-owned stores and
ISWs that sell automotive replacement parts and accessories to service stations,
repair shops, garages, dealers, farmers, fleet operators, retail consumers and
other customers. Allowances are maintained for potential credit losses on
customer accounts which generally do not require collateral. No single customer
accounted for more than 3% of the Company's total sales in the fiscal years
ended January 31, 1998, January 25, 1997 or January 27, 1996.
Most major categories of automotive replacement parts have more than one
competitive supplier. However, the Company typically sources each of its Big A
program product lines from one supplier. Management believes that alternative
sources are available for each of the Company's Big A program product lines.
The Company invests its excess cash in unsecured commercial paper issued
by a major bank. The Company had no such cash investments at January 31, 1998
and $138,000 at January 25, 1997.
Notes receivable are comprised of finance arrangements whereby the Company
offers financial assistance to its associated jobbers for inventory purchases
and, to a lesser extent, for general working capital needs. Such notes
receivable are generally collateralized by the business assets including
inventories and guarantees from the
F-16
<PAGE>
principals of the borrowers. Such notes generally have a seven-year maturity and
have interest rates at two to three percent above a floating prime rate (8.5% at
January 31, 1998 and January 25, 1997). As of January 31, 1998, the average
loan principal balance was approximately $165,000 and the largest loans in the
portfolio were to three associated jobbers who had, in the aggregate,
outstanding principal balances of $2.5 million, $.8 million and $0.7 million,
respectively.
OTHER CONTINGENCIES
Certain of the Company's customers finance a portion of their inventories
through financial institutions. Under the terms of the arrangements with these
financial institutions, the Company may be required, in limited circumstances,
to repurchase inventory collateralizing the borrowings. Based on previous
history, occasions on which the Company has been called upon to repurchase such
inventory have been infrequent, and, on such occasions, the Company has
successfully resold the inventory that it repurchased. The Company believes any
future performance required under these repurchase agreements will not have a
material adverse affect on its financial condition.
7. INCOME TAXES:
The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
thousands):
JANUARY JANUARY
31, 1998 25, 1997
------ -------
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for bad debts.................. $ 4,673 $ 3,518
Inventories.............................. 7,623 6,953
Intangible assets........................ 6,590 1,444
Accrued expenses......................... 6,206 5,272
Deferred income.......................... 362 432
Other liabilities........................ 452 797
Net operating loss carryforwards......... 20,726 4,824
------ -------
46,632 23,240
Less: Valuation Allowance................ (44,980) -
------ -------
1,652 23,240
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment................... 249 1,728
Prepaid pension cost..................... 1,033 1,008
Unrealized gain on securities available
for sale................................ - 576
Deferred costs........................... 358 700
Investment in joint ventures ............ 12 -
------ -------
1,652 4,012
------ -------
Net deferred tax asset................... $ - $19,228
======= =======
Realization of deferred tax assets, including those associated with net
operating loss carryforwards, is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable
income. In the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1998, the Company recorded a
valuation allowance of $45.0 million to writedown deferred tax assets to zero,
due to the level of uncertainty surrounding the Company's ability to generate
sufficient future taxable income.
F-17
<PAGE>
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for fiscal years ended January
31, 1998, January 25, 1997 and January 27, 1996 are as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
1998 1997 1996
------- --------- ------
Current federal income tax
provision (benefit)............ $ 353 $ (525) $ 1,283
Current state income tax
provision ..................... 140 233 206
Deferred income tax provision.... 19,228 (4,955) 2,503
------- --------- ------
19,721 (5,247) 3,992
Tax benefit applicable to
extraordinary item............. - - 1,455
------- --------- ------
$19,721 $ (5,247) $ 5,447
======= ========= ======
A reconciliation of the Company's income tax expense (benefit) and the
amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income
(loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item for the years ended January
31, 1998, January 25,1997 and January 27, 1996 is as follows:
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
Statutory tax
rate ................................ (35.0)% (35.0)% 35.0%
State income taxes, net of
federal benefit ..................... .2 1.4 1.2
Other items ........................... 1.4 1.0 0.9
Change in valuation allowance ........ 59.4 -- --
--------- --------- ---------
26.0% (32.6)% 37.1%
--------- --------- ---------
As of January 31, 1998, the Company had an estimated net operating loss
carryforward for income tax reporting purposes of approximately $59 million
which will expire in fiscal year 2013.
8. STOCK OPTION PLANS:
In March 1990, APS Holding's board of directors approved the APS Holding
Corporation 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan (the "1990 Stock Option Plan"). The
1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended, reserved up to 126,316 shares of Class A
Common Stock and is available to certain officers and key employees of the
Company. Unless otherwise specified, options granted under the 1990 Stock Option
Plan are exercisable for up to ten years at an exercise price of $7.125 per
share. Stock option activity under the 1990 Stock Option Plan was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997 JANUARY 27, 1996
------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE SHARES EXERCISE SHARES EXERCISE
OUTSTANDING PRICE OUTSTANDING PRICE OUTSTANDING PRICE
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding,
beginning of year ............ 58,566 $ 7.13 67,634 $ 7.13 71,866 $ 7.13
Granted ........................ -- -- -- -- --
Exercised ...................... (14,035) 7.13 (8,850) 7.13 (4,232) 7.13
Terminated ..................... -- -- (218) -- -- 7.13
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Options outstanding, end of year 44,531 $ 7.13 58,566 $ 7.13 67,634 $ 7.13
============= ============= ============= ============= ============= =============
Available for grant at end
of year ...................... 37,826 -- 37,826 -- 37,826 --
============= ============= ============= ============= ============= =============
Exercisable at end of year ..... 44,531 $ 7.13 58,566 $ 7.13 67,634 $ 7.13
============= ============= ============= ============= ============= =============
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE>
In March 1993, APS Holding's board of directors adopted, and APS Holding's
stockholders subsequently approved, the APS Holding Corporation 1993 Stock
Option Plan (the "1993 Stock Option Plan"). The 1993 Stock Option Plan, as
amended, reserved up to 700,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and is available
to key employees (including officers and directors who are also key employees)
of the Company. Options may be granted in the form of either incentive options
within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
("Incentive Stock Options") or options which do not constitute Incentive Stock
Options. The exercise price of Incentive Stock Options may not be less than the
fair market value of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of options which do not constitute Incentive Stock Options may not be less
than 50% of the fair market value of Class A Common Stock on the date of grant.
Unless otherwise specified, options granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan
become exercisable in 20% increments on each of the first five anniversaries of
the date of grant. Each option shall terminate and shall not be exercisable on
or after the tenth anniversary of its date of grant. All options granted through
January 31, 1998 vest in increments of one-third or one-fifth per year. For
options issued during the year ended January 29, 1994, deferred compensation,
representing the difference between the option price and estimated fair market
value of the stock at the date of grant, was approximately $97,000 and was
charged to operations over the three year vesting period of such options.
There was no compensation expense for the year ended January 31, 1998 and
approximately $9,000 and $32,000, respectively for the years ended January 25,
1997 and January 27, 1996. Stock option activity under the 1993 Stock Option
Plan was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997 JANUARY 27, 1996
--------------------------- ---------------------------- -----------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE SHARES EXERCISE SHARES EXERCISE
OUTSTANDING PRICE OUTSTANDING PRICE OUTSTANDING PRICE
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding, beginning of year 432,607 $ 16.44 350,490 $ 16.63 258,040 $ 12.02
Granted .............................. 212,886 9.96 178,459 16.97 93,550 29.50
Exercised ............................ (117,017) 3.56 (29,474) 5.26 -- --
Terminated ........................... (168,621) 17.17 (66,868) 23.81 (1,100) 29.50
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Options outstanding, end of year .... 359,855 $ 16.45 432,607 $ 16.44 350,490 $ 16.63
============ ============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Available for grant at end of year ... 192,627 -- 237,559 -- 42,492 --
============ ============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Exercisable at end of year ........... 78,800 $ 22.38 171,971 $ 9.86 159,645 $ 7.17
============ ============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Weighted-average fair value of options
granted during the year ............. $ 5.24 -- $ 7.15 -- $ 13.49 --
============ ============ ============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123, entitled "ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION" ("SFAS No. 123") which
is effective for the Company's fiscal year ending January 25, 1997. SFAS No. 123
establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based
employee compensation plans. It defines a fair value based method of accounting
for an employee stock option or similar equity instrument and encourages all
entities to adopt that method of accounting for all of their employee stock
compensation plans and include the cost in the income statement as compensation
expense. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation
cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, entitled "ACCOUNTING
FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES" ("APB Opinion No. 25"). The Company accounts for
compensation cost for stock option plans in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25.
The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the grant date
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions for grants for the years ended January 31, 1998 and
F-19
<PAGE>
January 25, 1997, respectively: dividend yield of 0.00% for both years;
risk-free interest rates 6.42% and 6.16%, respectively, the expected lives of
the options are 5 years for both years; and volatility of 43.32% and 32.95%,
respectively.
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
January 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
------------------------------------ -----------------------
Number Weighted Average Number
Range of Outstanding Remaining Weighted Average Exercisable Weighted Average
EXERCISE PRICE AT 1/31/98 CONTRIBUTION LIFE EXERCISE PRICES AT 1/31/98 EXERCISE PRICE
- ---------------- ------------ ----------------- ---------------- -------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$3.56 to $15.25 217,924 5.06 $10.05 13,771 $15.33
$15.50 to $29.50 142,958 7.54 26.21 65,029 23.87
- ---------------- ------------ ----------------- ---------------- -------------- ----------------
$3.56 to $29.50 360,882 6.05 $16.45 78,800 $22.38
================ ============ ================= ================ ============== ================
</TABLE>
Had the compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plan
been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss and net
loss per common share for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1998 and January
25, 1997 would approximate the following pro forma amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
---------------- ----------------
(In thousands,
except per share data)
<S> <C> <C>
Net loss - as reported............ $(95,293) $ (10,836)
Net loss - pro forma.............. (95,662) (11,232)
Basic and diluted loss per share - as reported $(6.91) $ (0.79)
Basic and diluted loss per share - pro forma (6.94) (0.82)
</TABLE>
The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not
indicative of future amounts. SFAS No. 123 does not apply to awards issued prior
to fiscal year ended January 27, 1996. Accordingly, as most of the options vest
over either a three or five year period, the full impact of the pro forma
disclosure will not be reflected until fiscal years ending January 31, 1998 and
January 29, 2000, respectively.
9. RETIREMENT PLANS:
The Company has two defined benefit plans, the A.P.S., Inc. Employees'
Retirement Plan (the "APS Plan") and the A.P.S., Inc. Master Hourly Plan,
formerly "The Mid-Con Corporation Retirement Income Plan" (the "Master Hourly
Plan") (collectively referred to as the "Plans"). These defined benefit pension
plans cover substantially all full-time employees who have completed one year of
service and reached the age of 21. Generally, benefits are based on years of
service and the employees' average final compensation integrated with Social
Security Benefits as defined in the Plans' agreements. The Company's funding
policy is to contribute to the Plans such amounts as are actuarially required to
fund the benefits of the Plans. In September 1992, A.P.S., Inc.'s Board of
Directors authorized a freeze of pension benefits offered under the APS Plan and
participants in the APS Plan became fully vested.
The components of pension income are as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997 JANUARY 27, 1996
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Service cost ................... $ 10 $ 11 $ 8
Interest cost .................. 420 379 392
Return on plan assets .......... (1,337) 287 (1,907)
Net amortization and deferral .. 861 (809) 1,503
------- ----- -------
$ (46) $(132) $ (4)
======= ===== =======
F-20
<PAGE>
A reconciliation of the Plans' projected benefit obligation to the prepaid
pension asset included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as
follows (in thousands):
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
---------------- ----------------
Actuarial present value of
benefit obligations:
Vested benefits................. $ 5,919 $ 5,420
Nonvested benefits.............. - 3
-------- ---------
Accumulated benefit obligation.. 5,919 5,423
Effect of projected salary increases - 57
-------- ---------
Projected benefit obligation for
services rendered to date...... 5,919 5,480
Plan assets at fair value, primarily
cash and cash equivalents and fixed
income securities 8,205 7,087
-------- ---------
Plan assets in excess of projected
benefit obligation 2,286 1,607
Unrecognized net loss.............. 758 1,390
-------- ---------
Noncurrent prepaid pension cost.... $ 3,044 $ 2,997
======= ========
The rates used in determining the actuarial present value of benefit obligations
are as follows:
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
Actuarial assumptions:
Investment return................ 7.75% 7.75%
Discount rate.................... 7.00% 7.75%
Salary increase.................. - -
The Company also has the A.P.S., Inc. Partnership Plan (the "Partnership
Plan"), a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees who
have completed one year of service and reached the age of 21. Employees may
contribute 2% to 15% of their annual compensation, which is matched 50% by the
Company up to 6% of the employees' contribution. Employees become fully vested
in the Company's contribution to the plan after five years of service. The cost
of Company contributions for fiscal years ended January 31, 1998, January 25,
1997 and January 27, 1996 was approximately $1,180,000, $1,225,000 and $926,000,
respectively.
During the fiscal year ended January 25, 1997, the Company implemented the
A.P.S., Inc. Executive 401(K) Deferral Plan (the "Deferral Plan"), a defined
contribution plan covering a group of key management employees who also
participate at the maximum contribution level of 3% in the Company's Partnership
Plan. Participants in the Deferral Plan may contribute up to 28% of their annual
compensation, in addition to their contribution to the Partnership Plan. Such
contributions will be matched 50% by the Company up to 6% of the participants'
combined contributions to both plans. Participants' vesting rates in the
Partnership Plan carry over to the Deferral Plan and participants become fully
vested in the Company's contributions to both plans after five years. The cost
of the Company contributions for fiscal year ended January 31, 1998 was
approximately $63,000.
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
The cost, gross realized holding loss and fair value of the Company's
available-for-sale securities at January 31, 1998 was approximately $2,500,000,
$1,916,000 and $584,000, respectively. The fair value of the Company's Notes
($39,000,000 at January 31, 1998 and $106,250,000 at January 25, 1997) is based
upon quoted market prices. The fair value of the Company's interest rate swap
agreements (none at January 31, 1998 and $1,615 at January 25, 1997) is based on
estimates obtained from counterparties and represents the Company's cash outlay
if the agreements had been settled at year end. The estimated fair values of all
of the Company's other financial
F-21
<PAGE>
instruments approximate their carrying amounts in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. ("CD&R"), which organized APS Holding and
related entities for the purpose of acquiring A.P.S., Inc. (the "Acquisition"),
is a private investment firm specializing in leveraged acquisitions involving
management participation. In connection with the Acquisition, a CD&R-managed
private investment fund, The Clayton & Dubilier Private Equity Fund IV Limited
Partnership ("C&D Fund IV"), purchased Class A Common Stock. At January 25, 1998
and January 27, 1997, C&D Fund IV held approximately 30% of APS Holding's Class
A Common Stock that was outstanding as of such dates. In addition, two
professional employees of CD&R hold positions on the Company's board of
directors. As a result, C&D Fund IV is in a position to significantly influence
the Company's affairs. The Company agreed to pay CD&R an annual management fee
of up to $450,000 for financial advisory and management consulting services.
Management fee expense for each of the years ended January 25, 1998, January 27,
1997 and January 28, 1995 was $300,000.
The Company has receivables due from officers which were used by the
officers of the Company to purchase Class A Common Stock of the Company. The
amount of such officer receivables outstanding at January 31, 1998 was
approximately $293,000. Previously in Fiscal Years 1997 and 1996, the Company
had guaranteed bank loans used by these officers to purchase Class A common
Stock of the Company. The amount of such loans outstanding at January 25, 1997
and January 27, 1996 was approximately $332,000 and $505,000, respectively.
These bank loans were paid by the Company on behalf of the employees prior to
January 31, 1998 and were recorded as officer receivables, accordingly.
12. UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
QUARTER ENDED
---------------------------------------------------
APRIL 25 JULY 25 OCTOBER 25 JANUARY 31
---------- --------- ----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998:
Net sales ................ $ 211,743 $ 220,391 $ 201,594 $ 179,214
Gross profit ............. 71,743 69,636 64,821 53,146
Operating income (loss) .. 4,468 (7,708) (1,828) (41,498)
Net loss ................. (936) (9,650) (5,266) (79,441)
Basic and diluted net
loss per share ......... (0.07) (0.70) (0.38) (5.76)
The results for the quarter ended July 25, 1997 include a restructuring
charge of approximately $8.7 million. Such charge consisted of approximately
$2.2 million for estimated costs to close facilities, approximately $1.4 million
of employee severance benefits related to personnel reductions of approximately
570 employees, approximately $3.2 million for future lease and related
obligations and approximately $1.9 million of asset impairments. In addition, in
connection with such restructuring program, approximately $1.3 million was
charged to cost of goods sold during the quarter ended July 25, 1997 for
inventory write-offs expected in connection with facility closures, and
approximately $1.8 million was charged to selling, general and administrative
expenses for incremental bad debt expected in connection with such closures.
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1998, the Company recorded non-cash
charges of approximately $15.8 million and $4.5 million for writedowns of
intangible assets and property and equipment. The intangible assets writedowns
consisted of approximately $14.5 million related to excess of purchase price
over fair value of net assets acquired and, $1.3 million related to the
associate jobber network. The intangible assets and property and equipment
writedowns were based on estimated future cash flows, which were impacted by
management's review of certain Company-owned stores, ISWs and distribution
centers that potentially could be closed. The writedowns are included in "Asset
impairment and restructuring charge" in the accompanying consolidated statement
of operations.
In addition to the absence of recording a deferred tax benefit for losses
incurred in the quarter ended January 31, 1998, the Company recorded a deferred
tax expense of approximately $28.2 million to record a deferred
F-22
<PAGE>
tax asset valuation allowance (see Note 7).
QUARTER ENDED
---------------------------------------------------
APRIL 25 JULY 25 OCTOBER 25 JANUARY 25
---------- --------- ----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 25, 1997:
Net sales .................... $217,566 $234,305 $217,592 $ 189,276
Gross profit ................. 73,366 79,057 75,950 47,211
Operating income (loss) ...... 7,551 14,627 14,009 (32,348)
Net income (loss) ............ 1,355 5,963 6,100 (24,254)
Basic and diluted net
income (loss) per share ...... .10 0.43 0.44 (1.76)
The results for the quarter ended January 25, 1997 include $30.1 million
of pretax charges associated primarily with the Company's ISW division. Such
charges principally include an inventory loss adjustment of $11.8 million as
well as an increase in the bad debts provision, a charge for the cost of
returning excess and slow-moving inventories and a reserve for costs related to
facility closures and consolidations. The inventory loss adjustment, some of
which may be attributable to earlier quarters of the year, is a result of the
Company's inability during fiscal 1997 to quickly identify inventory
discrepancies due to ISW system incompatibilities and shortfalls in systems
controls.
During the quarters ended July 25, 1996, October 25, 1996 and January 25,
1997, the Company recognized one-time supplier changeover and acquisition
incentives in connection with the integration of Parts, Inc. into the Company in
the amounts of $2.2 million, $5.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively. Such
incentives were used to offset direct and indirect costs associated with the
integration effort.
Gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses for the each
of the quarters in the year ended January 25, 1997 differ from the amounts
previously reported in the Company's Forms 10-Q for such respective periods due
to reclassifications relating to capitalized overhead.
F-23
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE I
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF APS HOLDING CORPORATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
(IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET: JANUARY 31, 1998 JANUARY 25, 1997
---------------- ----------------
ASSETS
Investment in and advances to subsidiary .......$ 18,614 $ 114,569
--------- ---------
$ 18,614 $ 114,569
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock .........................$ 138 $ 137
Additional paid-in capital ................... 155,601 155,363
Accumulated deficit .......................... (137,005) (41,712)
Treasury stock, at cost ...................... (120) (120)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
securities ................................. -- 901
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity ............... 18,614 114,569
--------- ---------
$ 18,614 $ 114,569
========= =========
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: 1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
Equity in income (loss) of
subsidiary .............................. $(95,168) $(10,701) $ 6,956
General and administrative expenses ..... (125) (135) (188)
-------- -------- -------
Net income (loss) ....................... $(95,293) $(10,836) $ 6,768
======== ======== =======
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS:
Cash flows from operating
activities:
Net income (loss) ..................... $(95,293) $(10,836) $ 6,768
Equity in (income) loss of
subsidiary .......................... 95,168 10,701 (6,956)
-------- -------- -------
Net cash used in operating
activities .......................... (125) (135) (188)
======== ======== =======
Cash flows from investing
activities:
Subsidiary payments on behalf of
parent .............................. 125 135 188
Investment in subsidiary .............. (239) (174) (44)
-------- -------- -------
Net cash provided (used) in
investing activities ................ (114) (39) 144
======== ======== =======
Cash flows from financing
activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock ............................... 239 174 44
-------- -------- -------
Net cash provided by financing
activities .......................... 239 174 44
-------- -------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents ...................... -- -- --
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period ................... -- -- --
-------- -------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period ............................... $ -- $ -- $ --
======== ======== =======
See notes to consolidated financial statements of APS Holding Corporation and
Subsidiaries.
F-24
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
APS HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Balance at Balance at
Beginning End
Description of Period Additions Deductions(1) of Period
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
YEAR ENDED January 31, 1998:
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $ 11,164 $ 12,809 $ 5,818 $ 18,155
Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance - $ 44,980 - $ 44,980
YEAR ENDED January 25, 1997:
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $ 5,048 $ 9,472 $ 3,356 $ 11,164
Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance - - - -
YEAR ENDED January 27, 1996:
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $ 2,776 $ 4,899(2) $ 2,627 $ 5,048
Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance - - - -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) With regards to the allowance for doubtful accounts, such amounts represents
accounts written off net of recoveries.
(2) Includes allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,113 acquired in connection
with the PI Acquisition.
F-25
EXHIBIT 10.1.30
REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
Among
A.P.S., INC., a Debtor-in-Possession,
as Borrower
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
and
THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER NAMED HEREIN,
as Guarantors
and
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,
and
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
as Agent
Dated as of February 2, 1998
<PAGE>
CREDIT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page No.
<S> <C>
INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT............................... 1
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS.................................... 3
1.1. Defined Terms.............................................................. 3
1.2. Terms Generally............................................................ 21
SECTION 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENT........................... 22
2.1. Tranche A Commitments...................................................... 22
2.2. Procedure for Tranche A Borrowing.......................................... 22
2.3. Tranche B Commitments...................................................... 23
SECTION 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT................................. 23
3.1. Letters of Credit.......................................................... 23
3.2. Issuance................................................................... 25
3.3. Nature of Letter of Credit Obligations Absolute............................ 26
SECTION 4
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT............ 26
4.1. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt....................................... 26
4.2. Interest Rates and Payment Dates........................................... 28
4.3. Computation of Interest and Fees........................................... 28
4.4. Inability to Determine Interest Rate....................................... 28
4.5. Conversion and Continuation Options........................................ 29
4.6. Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Tranches............................. 29
4.7. Optional Termination or Reduction of Tranche A Commitment.................. 29
4.8. Mandatory Prepayment; Commitment Termination; Use of Cash Collateral. .... 30
4.9. Optional Prepayment of Loans; Reimbursement of Lenders. ................... 31
4.10. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances............................. 32
4.11. Pro Rata Treatment, etc................................................... 33
4.12. Taxes..................................................................... 33
4.13. Illegality................................................................ 35
4.14. Requirements of Law....................................................... 36
4.15. Indemnity................................................................. 37
4.16. Change of Lending Office.................................................. 37
4.17. Facility and Other Fees................................................... 37
4.18. Commitment Fees........................................................... 37
4.19. Letter of Credit Fees..................................................... 38
4.20. Nature of Fees............................................................ 38
4.21. Priority and Liens........................................................ 38
i
<PAGE>
Page No.
4.22. Security Interest in Concentration Account and L/C Cash Collateral
Account.................................................................. 40
4.23. Payment of Obligations.................................................... 40
4.24. No Discharge; Survival of Claims.......................................... 40
SECTION 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................... 40
5.1. Organization and Authority................................................. 40
5.2. Due Execution.............................................................. 41
5.3. Statements Made............................................................ 41
5.4. Financial Statements....................................................... 41
5.5. Subsidiaries, Investments, Etc............................................. 42
5.6. Title to Assets; Liens..................................................... 42
5.7. Approvals.................................................................. 43
5.8. Material Agreements and Liens.............................................. 43
5.9. The Orders................................................................. 43
5.10. Compliance with Law....................................................... 44
5.11. Use of Proceeds........................................................... 44
5.12. Litigation................................................................ 44
5.13. Federal Regulations....................................................... 44
5.14. Taxes..................................................................... 44
5.15. ERISA..................................................................... 45
5.16. Environmental Matters..................................................... 45
5.17. Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act; Other
Regulations.............................................................. 45
5.18. Intellectual Property..................................................... 45
5.19. Year 2000 Compliance Program.............................................. 46
5.20. Insurance................................................................. 46
SECTION 6
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT................................ 46
6.1. Conditions to Initial Loans and Initial Letters of Credit.................. 46
6.2. Conditions to Each Loan and Each Letter of Credit.......................... 49
6.3. Conditions to Remaining Tranche B Loans.................................... 51
SECTION 7
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................... 51
7.1. Financial Statements....................................................... 51
7.2. Certificates; Other Information............................................ 53
7.3. Payment of Obligations..................................................... 56
7.4. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence........................... 56
7.5. Maintenance of Property; Insurance......................................... 56
7.6. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions..................... 56
7.7. Notices.................................................................... 57
7.8. Environmental Laws......................................................... 57
7.9. Collateral Audit........................................................... 58
7.10. Employee Benefits......................................................... 58
ii
<PAGE>
Page No.
7.11. Litigation and other Material Developments................................ 58
7.12. Insurance................................................................. 58
7.13. Further Assurances........................................................ 58
7.14. New Facility.............................................................. 59
SECTION 8
NEGATIVE COVENANTS................................. 59
8.1. Financial Condition Covenants.............................................. 59
8.2. Limitation on Indebtedness................................................. 60
8.3. Limitation on Liens........................................................ 61
8.4. Limitation on Guarantee Obligations........................................ 62
8.5. Limitation on Fundamental Changes.......................................... 62
8.6. Limitation on Sale of Assets............................................... 62
8.7. Limitation on Leases....................................................... 63
8.8. Limitation on Issuances of Capital Stock and Dividends..................... 63
8.9. Limitation on Capital Expenditures......................................... 63
8.10. Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances............................. 63
8.11. Loans and Other Investments by AFCO....................................... 64
8.12. Transactions with Affiliates.............................................. 65
8.13. Lines of Business......................................................... 65
8.14. Cash Management; Concentration Account.................................... 65
8.15. Chapter 11 Claims......................................................... 65
8.16. Reclamation Claims; Bankruptcy Code ss. 546(g) Agreements................. 66
8.17. Use of Proceeds........................................................... 66
8.18. Crisis Manager............................................................ 66
8.19. Business Plan............................................................. 66
8.20. Limitation on Holding's Activities........................................ 66
SECTION 9
EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................. 67
SECTION 10
THE AGENT..................................... 71
10.1. Appointment............................................................... 71
10.2. Delegation of Duties...................................................... 71
10.3. Exculpatory Provisions.................................................... 71
10.4. Reliance by Agent......................................................... 71
10.5. Notice of Default......................................................... 72
10.6. Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders................................... 72
10.7. Indemnification........................................................... 73
10.8. Agent in Its Individual Capacity.......................................... 73
10.9. Successor Agent........................................................... 73
10.10. Issuing Bank as Lender................................................... 74
SECTION 11
iii
<PAGE>
Page No.
GUARANTEE..................................... 74
11.1. Guarantee................................................................. 74
11.2. No Impairment of Guarantee................................................ 75
11.3. Subrogation............................................................... 75
SECTION 12
REMEDIES; APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS/PROCEEDS..................... 75
12.1. Remedies; Obtaining the Collateral Upon Default........................... 75
12.2. Remedies; Disposition of the Collateral................................... 76
12.3. WAIVER OF CLAIMS.......................................................... 77
12.4. Application of Proceeds; Priority of Tranche A Loans and Letter
of Credit Outstandings................................................... 78
12.5. Remedies Cumulative....................................................... 78
12.6. Discontinuance of Proceedings............................................. 79
SECTION 13
MISCELLANEOUS................................... 79
13.1. Amendments and Waivers.................................................... 79
13.2. Notices................................................................... 80
13.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies............................................ 82
13.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties................................ 82
13.5. Payment of Expenses and Taxes............................................. 82
13.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders................ 83
13.7. Adjustments; Set-off...................................................... 86
13.8. Counterparts.............................................................. 86
13.9. Governing Law............................................................. 86
13.10. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers...................................... 86
13.11. Absence of Prejudice to the Existing Lenders with Respect to Matters
Before the Bankruptcy Court............................................. 87
13.12. Confidentiality.......................................................... 87
</TABLE>
iv
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 1.1 - Commitment Amounts/Addresses
SCHEDULE 2.1 - Maximum Outstanding Amount
SCHEDULE 5.4 - Changes in Financial Condition
SCHEDULE 5.5 - Subsidiaries; Pre-Petition Investments
SCHEDULE 5.6 - Pre-Petition Liens
SCHEDULE 5.8 - Material Agreements
SCHEDULE 5.12 - Litigation
SCHEDULE 8.2(b) - Pre-Petition Indebtedness
SCHEDULE 8.4 - Pre-Petition Guarantee Obligations
SCHEDULE 8.11 - Pre-Petition AFCO Loans
SCHEDULE 8.14 - Bank Accounts
EXHIBIT A-1 - Form of Tranche A Note
EXHIBIT A-2 - Form of Tranche B Note
EXHIBIT B - Form of Interim Order
EXHIBIT C-1 - Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Loan Parties
EXHIBIT C-2 - Form of Opinion of General Counsel
EXHIBIT D - Form of Closing Certificate
EXHIBIT E - Form of Borrowing Certificate
EXHIBIT F-1 - Form of Working Capital Certificate
EXHIBIT F-2 - Form of Working Capital Reporting
EXHIBIT G - Form of Assignment and Acceptance
v
<PAGE>
REVOLVING CREDIT, TERM LOAN AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of
February 2, 1998, among A.P.S., INC., a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER"), a
debtor and debtor-in-possession in a case pending under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, APS HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("HOLDING"),
each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower designated as a Guarantor on Schedule
5.5 hereto (Holding, together with each such Subsidiary, the "GUARANTORS"), each
of which Guarantors is a debtor and a debtor-in-possession in a case pending
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the cases of the Borrower and the
Guarantors, each a "CASE" and collectively, the "CASES"), THE CHASE MANHATTAN
BANK, a New York banking corporation ("CHASE"), each of the other financial
institutions from time to time party hereto (together with Chase, collectively,
the "LENDERS") and Chase, as agent (in such capacity, the "AGENT") for the
Lenders hereunder.
INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT
The Borrower is party to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January
25, 1996 (the "EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among the Borrower, the several
banks, financial institutions and other entities from time to time parties
thereto, as revolving credit lenders and term lenders thereunder (the "EXISTING
LENDERS") and Chase (formerly known as Chemical Bank), as administrative agent
for the Existing Lenders (in such capacity, the "PRE-PETITION AGENT"), as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the Petition Date (as
defined below).
Under the Existing Credit Agreement, the Existing Lenders provided
the Borrower with revolving credit loans, term loans and other financial
accommodations in an aggregate principal amount (including letters of credit)
outstanding as of the Petition Date of approximately $231,000,000 (together with
accrued but unpaid interest and fees, costs and other charges, the "EXISTING
OBLIGATIONS").
To secure the Existing Obligations and the guarantees thereof
executed in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the
Guarantors granted the Pre-Petition Agent, for the benefit of the Existing
Lenders, security interests in substantially all of their respective assets. The
security interests granted by the Borrower and the Guarantors to secure the
Existing Obligations were properly perfected and are subject to no prior liens
or security interests except as provided in the Existing Credit Agreement, and
the liquidation value of the assets securing the Existing Obligations presently
exceeds the outstanding amount of the Existing Obligations.
On February 2, 1998 (the "PETITION DATE"), the Borrower and the
Guarantors filed voluntary petitions with the Bankruptcy Court initiating the
Cases and have continued in the possession of their respective assets and in the
management of their respective businesses pursuant to Sections 1107 and 1108 of
the Bankruptcy Code.
<PAGE>
2
The Borrower applied to and obtained from the Lenders a revolving
credit and letter of credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $100,000,000 (the "TRANCHE A FACILITY") and a term loan facility in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $228,000,000 (the "TRANCHE B FACILITY")
(subject in each case, to mandatory and optional reductions in accordance with
subsections 4.7 and 4.8), all of the Borrower's obligations under which are
guaranteed by the Guarantors.
An immediate and on-going need exists for the Borrower to obtain
additional funds in order to continue the operation of its business as
debtor-in-possession under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, and accordingly
the Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend post-petition financing to
the Borrower.
To provide guarantees and security for the repayment of the Loans,
the reimbursement of any draft drawn under the Letters of Credit and the payment
of the other Obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents, the Borrower and the Guarantors shall provide to the
Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to this Agreement and the Orders, the following
(each as more fully described herein):
(a) a guarantee from each of the Guarantors of the due and punctual
payment and performance of the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and
under the Notes;
(b) with respect to the Obligations of the Borrower and the
Guarantors hereunder, an allowed administrative expense claim in each of
the Cases pursuant to Section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code having
priority over all administrative expenses of the kind specified in
Sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;
(c) a perfected first priority Lien, pursuant to Section 364(c)(2)
of the Bankruptcy Code, upon all unencumbered property of the Borrower and
the Guarantors and all cash and cash equivalents in the L/C Cash
Collateral Account;
(d) a perfected Lien, pursuant to Section 364(c)(3) of the
Bankruptcy Code, upon all property of the Borrower and the Guarantors
(other than the property subject to the Liens that currently secure the
Existing Obligations) that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in
existence on the Petition Date or perfected (but not granted) thereafter
to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection is expressly permitted
under the Bankruptcy Code, and subject to other Permitted Liens junior to
such valid and perfected Liens; and
(e) a perfected first priority priming Lien, pursuant to Section
364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, upon all property of the Borrower and
the Guarantors (including, without limitation, Accounts, chattel paper,
contracts, documents, equipment, general intangibles, instruments,
Inventory, trademarks and trademark licenses) that is subject to the
existing Liens that presently secure the Existing Obligations and any
Liens granted after the Petition Date to provide adequate
<PAGE>
3
protection in respect of the Existing Obligations, which Lien in favor of
the Agent and the Lenders shall be senior in all respects to all of such
existing Liens and to any Liens granted after the Petition Date to provide
adequate protection in respect thereof.
All the claims and the Liens granted hereunder and pursuant to the
Orders in the Cases to the Agent, the Lenders and the Existing Lenders shall be
subject to the Carve-Out and the Permitted Liens, in each case to the extent
provided in subsection 4.21 and the Orders.
Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1. DEFINED TERMS.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings specified below:
"ABR": for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on
such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal
Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes hereof:
"PRIME RATE" shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from
time to time by the Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in
New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of
interest charged by the Agent in connection with extensions of credit to
debtors); "BASE CD RATE" shall mean the sum of (a) the product of (i) the
Three-Month Secondary CD Rate and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one
and the denominator of which is one minus the CD Reserve Percentage and (b) the
CD Assessment Rate; "THREE-MONTH SECONDARY CD RATE" shall mean, for any day, the
secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being
in effect on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next
preceding Business Day) by the Board of Governors through the public information
telephone line of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under
the current practices of the Board of Governors, be published in Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15(519) during the week following such day), or, if such
rate shall not be so reported on such day or such next preceding Business Day,
the average of the secondary market quotations for three-month certificates of
deposit of major money center banks in New York City received at approximately
10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day shall not be a
Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) by the Agent from three New
York City negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing
selected by it; "CD ASSESSMENT RATE" shall mean, for any day, the annual
assessment rate in effect on such day which is payable by a member of the Bank
Insurance Fund maintained by the FDIC classified as well-capitalized and within
supervisory subgroup "B" (or a comparable successor assessment risk
classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. ss. 327.3(d) (or any successor
provision) to the FDIC for the FDIC's insuring time deposits at
<PAGE>
4
offices of such institution in the United States; "CD RESERVE PERCENTAGE" shall
mean, for any day, that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect
on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors, for determining the
maximum reserve requirement for a Depositary Institution (as defined in
Regulation D of the Board of Governors) in respect of new non-personal time
deposits in Dollars having a maturity of 30 days or more; and "FEDERAL FUNDS
EFFECTIVE RATE" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on
overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business
Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for
the day of such transactions received by the Agent from three federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it. Any change in the ABR due to a
change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate, the CD Assessment
Rate, the CD Reserve Percentage or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be
effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in
the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate, the CD Assessment Rate, the
CD Reserve Percentage or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.
"ABR LOANS": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based
upon the ABR.
"ACCOUNTS": as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect
in the State of New York and with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, at any time, the total outstanding balance, determined in
accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, reserves required by GAAP
and stated on a basis consistent with the historical practices of the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, of Accounts of the
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"AFCO": Autoparts Finance Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and
a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.
"AFCO INVESTMENTS": the meaning set forth in subsection 8.11.
"AFCO NOTES": all promissory notes payable to AFCO, or promptly
assigned by the Borrower or any Guarantor to AFCO, and which are issued to
evidence loans or advances made to Obligors.
"AFFILIATE": as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the
power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 20% or more of the securities
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b)
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
"AGENT": the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
<PAGE>
5
"AGGREGATE TRANCHE A OUTSTANDINGS": as to any Lender at any time, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche A
Loans made by such Lender then outstanding plus (b) such Lender's Tranche A
Commitment Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings (or, if the Tranche A
Commitments shall have been terminated, such Tranche A Commitment Percentage as
in effect immediately prior to such termination).
"AGREEMENT": this Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Guarantee
Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"ASSET SALE": any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition by the Borrower or any Guarantor, in one or a series of
related transactions, of any real or personal, tangible or intangible, property
(including, without limitation, any Collateral or capital stock) of the Borrower
or such Guarantor to any Person (other than to the Borrower or any Guarantor).
"ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE": an assignment and acceptance entered
into by a Lender and an assignee and accepted by the Agent, substantially in the
form of Exhibit G.
"AUTHORIZATIONS": all applications, filings, reports, documents,
recordings and registrations with, and all validations, exemptions, franchises,
waivers, approvals, orders or authorizations, consents, licenses, certificates
and permits from, any Federal, state or local Governmental Authorities.
"AVAILABLE TRANCHE A COMMITMENT": as to any Lender at any time, an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of such Lender's Tranche A
Commitment over (b) such Lender's Aggregate Tranche A Outstandings at such time;
collectively, as to all Lenders, the "AVAILABLE TRANCHE A COMMITMENTS".
"BANKRUPTCY CODE": The Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as heretofore
and hereafter amended, and codified as 11 U.S.C. ss.ss.101 ET SEQ.
"BANKRUPTCY COURT": the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware, or any other court, having jurisdiction over the Cases
from time to time.
"BOARD OF GOVERNORS": the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any Governmental Authority which succeeds to the powers and functions
thereof.
"BORROWER": the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
"BORROWING": the making of Loans by the Lenders on a single date.
"BORROWING DATE": any Business Day specified in a notice pursuant to
subsection 2.2 as a date on which a Loan is borrowed hereunder.
"BUSINESS DAY": any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which banks in the State of New York are required or permitted to close (and,
for a Letter of Credit,
<PAGE>
6
other than a day on which the Issuing Bank is closed); PROVIDED that when used
in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude
any day in which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the
London interbank market.
"BUSINESS PLAN": the meaning set forth in subsection 8.19.
"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES": with respect to any Person for any period,
the sum of the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash in such
period, capitalized as an asset or accrued as a liability) by such Person and
its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period which, in accordance with GAAP,
are or should be included in "capital expenditures" or similar items reflected
in the consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person. For purposes of this
definition, the purchase price of equipment which is purchased simultaneously
with the trade-in of existing equipment owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
or with insurance proceeds (as permitted hereunder) shall be included in Capital
Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less
any credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being
traded in at such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.
"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION": as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other arrangement
conveying the right to use) real or personal property, tangible or intangible,
or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP
and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any
time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in
accordance with GAAP.
"CAPITAL STOCK": any and all shares, interests, participations or
other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any
and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation)
and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
"CARVE-OUT": the meaning set forth in subsection 4.21(a).
"CASES": the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
"CASH COLLATERAL": the meaning set forth in Bankruptcy Code ss.
363(a).
"CASH EQUIVALENTS": (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six months from the
date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit having
maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition of any
Lender or of any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess
of $500,000,000 the holding company of which has a commercial paper rating
meeting the requirements specified in clause (iv) below, (iii) repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days or underlying securities of
the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) entered into with any bank meeting
the qualifications specified in clause (ii) above, and (iv)
<PAGE>
7
commercial paper rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by Standard &
Poor's Corporation or P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. and in either case maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition.
"C&D FUND IV": The Clayton & Dubilier Private Equity Fund IV Limited
Partnership, a Connecticut limited partnership.
"CD&R": Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"CHANGE OF CONTROL": the occurrence of either (i) the transfer by
C&D Fund IV, CD&R or any Affiliate of C&D Fund IV or CD&R to any Person (other
than C&D Fund IV, CD&R or any Affiliate of either thereof) of any of the shares
of common stock of Holding held, directly or indirectly, as of the Closing Date,
by C&D Fund IV or (ii) any Person or "group" (within the meaning of Section
13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) shall have
acquired beneficial ownership of more than 30% of the then outstanding shares of
common stock of Holding.
"CHASE": the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
"CLOSING DATE": the date on which this Agreement has been executed
and the conditions precedent to the making of the initial Tranche A Extension of
Credit set forth in subsection 6.1 have been satisfied or waived.
"CODE": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.
"COLLATERAL": all property of the Borrower and the Guarantors,
whether tangible or intangible and of whatever kind or nature whatsoever, as
more particularly described in the Orders.
"COMMERCIAL L/C": a Letter of Credit issued to support the
Borrower's importation of Inventory manufactured outside the United States.
"COMMITMENT": as to any Lender, the aggregate amount of its Tranche
A Commitments and Tranche B Commitments.
"COMMITMENT FEE": the meaning set forth in subsection 4.18.
"COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE": at any time, with respect to any Lender,
the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of such Lender's (A) Tranche A
Commitment (or, if the Tranche A Commitments shall have been terminated at such
time, such Lenders' Aggregate Tranche A Outstandings) at such time and (B) such
Lender's Tranche B Commitment (or, after the Existing Lender Debt Repayment
Date, such Tranche B Lender's Tranche B Loans) by (ii) the sum of (A) the Total
Tranche A Commitment (or, if the Tranche A Commitments shall have been
terminated, the Total Tranche A Outstandings) at such time, and (B) the Total
Tranche B Commitment (or, after the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, the
aggregate Tranche B Loans).
<PAGE>
8
"COMMONLY CONTROLLED ENTITY": an entity, whether or not
incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning
of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.
"CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT": the account, account no. 323261655,
established by the Borrower under the sole and exclusive control of the Agent
maintained at the office of the Agent at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10017, designated as the "A.P.S., Inc. Concentration Account" that shall be used
for the daily concentration of all funds received by the Borrower or any
Guarantor from the operation of their businesses or otherwise.
"CONFIRMATION ORDER": an order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming a
Reorganization Plan in any of the Cases.
"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE": of any Person, for any period, the
amount of cash interest expense of such Person net of interest income earned
(but excluding interest earned on Accounts, interest earned (to the extent any
such amounts would constitute interest under GAAP) on or in respect of advances,
loans, extensions of credit or capital contributions made by, or Guarantee
Obligations of, or Standby L/Cs arranged by, AFCO pursuant to subsection 8.11)
for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for
such period on its Indebtedness.
"CONSOLIDATED LEASE EXPENSE": of any Person, for any period, the
aggregate amount of fixed and contingent rentals (excluding taxes and other
non-rent items) due and payable by such Person for such period with respect to
leases of real and personal property with original or renewed lease terms of one
year or longer which are not required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.
"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME": of any Person, at any date of
determination, net income of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP.
"CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION": as to any Person, any provision of any
security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to
which such Person is a party or by which it or any of the property owned by it
is bound.
"CRISIS MANAGER": Jay Alix & Associates, or any other crisis
management firm or individual specializing in corporate turnarounds and
restructurings reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders.
"DC NOTES": at any time, all promissory notes issued by Obligors to
the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the conversion or
exchange of Accounts owed by such Obligors in the ordinary course of business.
"DEFAULT": any of the events specified in Section 9, whether or not
any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been
satisfied.
<PAGE>
9
"DISTRIBUTION CENTER": each distribution center (not including
stores or installers' service warehouses) operated by the Borrower or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries at which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary
maintains and sells its Inventory and/or generates any of its Accounts.
"DOLLARS" AND "$": lawful money of the United States of America.
"EBITDA": of any Person, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income
for such period adjusted to exclude the following items of income or expense to
the extent that such items are included in the calculation of Consolidated Net
Income: (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, (b) any non-cash interest expense,
(c) total income tax expense, (d) depreciation expense, (e) the expense
associated with amortization of intangible and other assets, (f) provisions for
reserves for restructuring charges, (g) any extraordinary, unusual or
non-recurring gains or losses or charges or credits, (h) any gain or loss
associated with the sale or write-down of assets, (i) any gain or loss accounted
for by the equity method of accounting (except in the case of income to the
extent of the amount of cash dividends or cash distributions paid to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary by the entity accounted for by the equity method of
accounting) and (j) bankruptcy reorganization professional fees and financing
fees; PROVIDED that any cash disbursements made and charged against reserves for
restructuring charges during such period shall reduce EBITDA for such period.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS": any and all present and future Federal, state,
local and foreign laws, rules or regulations, and any orders or decrees in each
case as now or hereafter in effect, relating to the regulation or protection of
human health, safety or the environment or to emissions, discharges, releases or
threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or toxic or hazardous
substances or wastes into the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without
limitation, ambient air, soil, surface water, ground water, wetlands, land or
subsurface strata, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing,
distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of
pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.
"EQUITY RIGHTS": with respect to any Person, any subscriptions,
options, warrants, commitments, preemptive rights or agreements of any kind
(including, without limitation, any stockholders' or voting trust agreements)
for the issuance, sale, registration or voting of, or securities convertible
into, any additional shares of Capital Stock of any class of such Person.
"ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued
thereunder.
"ERISA AFFILIATE": any corporation or trade or business that is a
member of any group of organizations (i) described in Section 414(b) or (c) of
the Code of which the Borrower is a member and (ii) solely for purposes of
potential liability under Section 302(c)(11) of ERISA and Section 412(c)(11) of
the Code and the lien created under Section 302(f) of ERISA and Section 412(n)
of the Code, described in Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code of which the
Borrower is a member.
<PAGE>
10
"EUROCURRENCY RESERVE REQUIREMENTS": for any day as applied to a
Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as
a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including,
without limitation, basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under
any regulations of the Board of Governors or other Governmental Authority having
jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed
for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in
Regulation D of the Board of Governors) maintained by a member bank of the
Federal Reserve System.
"EURODOLLAR BASE RATE": with respect to each day during each
Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum equal to the
rate at which the Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 10:00 A.M., New
York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period
in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency and
exchange operations in respect of its Eurodollar Loans are then being conducted
for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days
comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of its Eurodollar
Loan to be outstanding during such Interest Period.
"EURODOLLAR LOANS": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which
is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.
"EURODOLLAR RATE": with respect to each day during each Interest
Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day
in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th
of 1%):
EURODOLLAR BASE RATE
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
"EVENT OF DEFAULT": the meaning set forth in Section 9.
"EXCESS AMOUNT": the meaning set forth in subsection 4.8(d).
"EXCESS WORKING CAPITAL": as of any date of determination, (a) the
sum of (i) cash on deposit in the Concentration Account and the Borrower's
operating account no. 323250343 at Chase, PLUS (ii) Accounts, PLUS (iii) Net
Inventory, PLUS (iv) deposits for Inventory purchases by the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, PLUS (v) the unpaid principal amount of AFCO Notes, the
DC Notes and other notes receivable (and any accrued interest thereon), PLUS
(vi) net increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses of the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries arising post-Petition Date (less any Indebtedness (other
than Loans) directly related to any such prepaid expenses), MINUS (b) the sum of
(i) the aggregate Loans (PLUS the remaining Existing Lender Debt) and (ii) the
aggregate post-Petition Date trade payables of the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, as of
such date of determination.
"EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT": as defined in the recitals hereto.
<PAGE>
11
"EXISTING LENDER DEBT": the aggregate principal amount of the
Existing Revolving Credit Loans (after conversion of all Existing Swing Line
Loans) and the Existing Term Loans on the Petition Date.
"EXISTING LENDER DEBT REPAYMENT DATE": the date on which the
Existing Lender Debt is paid in full with the proceeds of the Tranche B Loans.
"EXISTING LENDERS": as defined in the recitals hereto.
"EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT": the "Letters of Credit" issued under
the Existing Credit Agreement and outstanding and undrawn on the Petition Date.
"EXISTING OBLIGATIONS": as defined in the recitals hereto.
"EXISTING REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS": "Revolving Credit Loans" under
the Existing Credit Agreement.
"EXISTING SWING LINE LOANS": "Swing Line Loans" under the Existing
Credit Agreement.
"EXISTING TERM LOANS": "Term Loans" under the Existing Credit
Agreement.
"FDIC": the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any
Governmental Authority which succeeds to the powers and functions thereof.
"FEES": collectively the Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees, the
other fees referred to in subsection 4.17 or subsection 13.5 and any other fees
payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other
Loan Document.
"FEE LETTER": the fee letter, dated January 30, 1998, among the
Borrower, Holding, the Agent and Chase Securities Inc.
"FINAL ORDER": an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered in the Cases
after a final hearing under Bankruptcy Rule 4001(c)(2) granting final approval
of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and granting the Liens and
Super-priority Claims described in the Introduction in favor of the Agent and
the Lenders, substantially in the form of, containing substantially similar
provisions to, and approving the matters contained in paragraph 16 of the
Interim Order and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent, the Tranche A Lenders and counsel to the Agent.
"FINANCIAL ADVISOR": Policano & Manzo, LLC, or such successor
financial advisor satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Tranche A Lenders.
"GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles applied on a
consistent basis.
<PAGE>
12
"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY": any Federal, state, municipal or other
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or
any court, in each case whether of the United States or foreign.
"GUARANTEE OBLIGATION": as to any Person (the "GUARANTEEING
PERSON"), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person
(including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit) to induce
the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement,
counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect
guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the
"PRIMARY OBLIGATIONS") of any other third Person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR") in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any such
obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to
purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase
or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or
equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or
services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary
obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary
obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such
primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any
Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower
of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary
obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the
maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the
terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary
obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be
liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such
Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good
faith.
"GUARANTOR": the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
"HAZARDOUS MATERIAL": collectively, (a) any petroleum or petroleum
products, flammable materials, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea
formaldehyde foam insulation, and transformers or other equipment that contain
polychlorinated biphenyls, (b) any chemicals or other materials or substances
that are now or hereafter become defined as or included in the definition of
"hazardous substances", "hazardous wastes, "hazardous materials", "extremely
hazardous wastes", "restricted hazardous wastes", "toxic substances", "toxic
pollutants", "contaminants", "pollutants" or words of similar import under any
Environmental Law and (c) any other chemical or other material or substance,
exposure to which is now or hereafter prohibited, limited or regulated under any
Environmental Law.
"HOLDING": APS Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
"INDEBTEDNESS": at any time and with respect to any Person, (i) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all indebtedness of such
Person for the
<PAGE>
13
deferred purchase price of property or services (other than property, including
Inventory, and services purchased, and trade payables, other expense accruals
and deferred compensation items arising, in the ordinary course of business,
including negotiated trade terms), (iii) all obligations of such Person
evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments (other than
performance, surety and appeal bonds arising in the ordinary course of
business), (iv) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or
lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession
or sale of such property), (v) all obligations of such Person under leases which
have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, to
the extent required to be so recorded, (vi) all reimbursement, payment or
similar obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, under acceptance,
letter of credit or similar facilities, (vii) all Indebtedness of others
referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above guaranteed directly or indirectly
by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person
through an agreement (A) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or
supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness, (B) to purchase,
sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services,
primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such
Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in
respect of such Indebtedness, (C) to supply funds to or in any other manner
invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services
irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered)
or (D) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of such
Indebtedness, and (viii) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through
(vii) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an
existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in
property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by
such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the
payment of such Indebtedness.
"INSOLVENCY": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition
that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
"INSUFFICIENCY": with respect to any Plan, the amount, if any, of
its unfunded benefit liabilities within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(18) of
ERISA.
"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE": (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of
each calendar month and (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the
Interest Period with respect thereto.
"INTEREST PERIOD": with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:
(i) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or
conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such
Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, or three months
thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of
borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given
with respect thereto; and
<PAGE>
14
(ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the
next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan
and ending one, two, or three months thereafter, as selected by the
Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Agent not less than three
Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest
Period with respect thereto;
PROVIDED that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest
Periods are subject to the following:
(1) if any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan
would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such
Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business
Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such
Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such
Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(2) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the
Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date;
(3) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan that
begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for
which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar
month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last
Business Day of a calendar month; and
(4) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to
require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an
Interest Period for such Loan.
"INTERIM ORDER": an order of the Bankruptcy Court, after notice
given and a hearing conducted in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 4001(c),
authorizing and approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents and granting the Liens and Super-priority Claims
described in the Introduction hereto in favor of the Agent and the Lenders,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or otherwise in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, the Lenders and counsel to the Agent.
"INVENTORY": as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect
in the State of New York.
"ISSUING BANK": Chase in its capacity as such.
"JOBBER": a Person whose principal business activity is the
operation of one or more automotive parts warehouses or stores.
"JOBBER SUBSIDIARY": any future or existing Subsidiary or Affiliate
of the Borrower that is a Jobber and one or more of the stockholders (which is
not the Borrower or
<PAGE>
15
a Subsidiary of the Borrower) of which are involved, directly or indirectly, in
the management of such Subsidiary or Affiliate.
"L/C APPLICATION": an application, in such form as the Issuing Bank
may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of
Credit.
"L/C CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT": the account established by the
Borrower under the sole and exclusive control of the Agent maintained at the
office of the Agent at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 designated as
the "A.P.S., Inc. Debtor-in-Possession L/C Cash Collateral Account" or similar
title that shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in subsections
3.1(b), 4.8 and 4.22 and any other provision of this Agreement which requires
the cash collateralization of Letter of Credit Outstandings.
"LENDERS": the meaning set forth in the Introduction.
"LETTER OF CREDIT": (a) any letter of credit issued pursuant to
subsection 3.2, which letter of credit shall be (i) for such purposes as are
consistent with the Borrower's historical practices or otherwise reasonably
acceptable to the Agent, (ii) denominated in Dollars and (iii) otherwise in such
form as may be reasonably approved from time to time by the Agent and the
Issuing Bank and (b) after the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, the Existing
Letters of Credit.
"LETTER OF CREDIT FEES": the fees payable in respect of Letters of
Credit pursuant to subsection 4.19.
"LETTER OF CREDIT OUTSTANDINGS": at any time, the sum of (i) the
aggregate undrawn face amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding PLUS
(ii) all amounts theretofore drawn under Letters of Credit and not then
reimbursed.
"LETTER OF CREDIT SUBLIMIT": $20,000,000.
"LIEN": with respect to any Property, any mortgage, lien (statutory
or other), pledge, charge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
security interest, encumbrance or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature in respect of such Property. For purposes of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Person shall be deemed to own,
subject to a Lien, any Property that it has acquired or holds subject to the
interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital
lease or other title retention agreement (other than an operating lease)
relating to such Property.
"LOAN": a Tranche A Loan or a Tranche B Loan, as the context shall
require; collectively, the "LOANS".
"LOAN DOCUMENTS": this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit,
the L/C Applications and any other instrument or agreement executed and
delivered in connection herewith.
<PAGE>
16
"LOAN PARTIES": the Borrower and each Guarantor party to a Loan
Document; INDIVIDUALLY, a "LOAN PARTY".
"MARGIN STOCK": "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulations U
and X of the Board of Governors.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT": a material adverse effect on (a) the
Property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects, liabilities or
capitalization of Holding, or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole, (b) the ability of Holding, or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
to perform its obligations under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a
party, (c) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, (d) the
rights and remedies of the Lenders and the Agent under any of the Loan Documents
or (e) the timely payment of the principal of or interest on the Loans or other
amounts payable in connection therewith, in each case, other than such effects
as result solely from the commencement of the Cases.
"MATURITY DATE": January 31, 1999; PROVIDED that if (A) on or before
January 1, 1999, the Borrower delivers to the Agent, with a copy for each
Lender, a budget covering the period from February 1, 1999 through July 31,
1999, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Tranche
A Lenders and the Agent, together with proposed minimum levels for the covenants
set forth in subsection 8.1, reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority
Tranche A Lenders and the Agent, and (B) on or before January 31, 1999, the
Borrower delivers to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, a draft
Reorganization Plan for the Debtors (or a detailed outline of the principal
elements thereof) which is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent and the Supermajority Tranche A Lenders, and which the Agent and the
Supermajority Tranche A Lenders are reasonably satisfied will be filed on or
before March 2, 1999, the "MATURITY DATE" shall, automatically, without the
necessity of further action by any party (so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the original Maturity Date), be
extended to July 31, 1999.
"MAXIMUM OUTSTANDING AMOUNT": as to any calendar month, the maximum
aggregate outstanding amount of the Tranche A Loans set forth opposite such
month on Schedule 2.1, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to
subsection 4.8(d).
"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN": a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making or
accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding
five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.
"NET CASH PROCEEDS": with respect to any Asset Sale (including any
sale and leasebacks), an amount equal to the gross cash proceeds of such Asset
Sale net of (i) reasonable attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, brokerage,
consultant and other customary fees, underwriting commissions and other
reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such Asset
Sale, (ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated by the Borrower in good faith to
be payable as a result thereof and (iii) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness
<PAGE>
17
(other than the Loans) which is secured by a Lien on such asset senior to the
Liens securing the Loans and which is required to be repaid in connection with
the sale thereof.
"NET INVENTORY": all Inventory of the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that consists of finished goods available for sale to customers,
including, without limitation, all Inventory located at a distribution center
received from an Obligor in exchange for the initial stocking of Inventory by an
Obligor in any changeover or conversion of such Obligor to the sale of goods
supplied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. In determining
the amount to be so included, the amount of such Inventory shall be valued at
the lower of cost (without giving effect to negotiated cost reductions relating
to lost promotional advertising rebates) or market on a basis consistent with
the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries' current and historical accounting
practice LESS reserves required to be taken in accordance with GAAP.
"NEW FACILITY": the meaning set forth in subsection 7.14.
"NOTES": the Tranche A Notes and the Tranche B Notes.
"OBLIGATIONS": the collective reference to (a) the principal of and
interest on the Loans and the Notes and the reimbursement of all amounts drawn
under Letters of Credit, (b) the Fees and all other present and future, fixed or
contingent, obligations and liabilities (monetary or otherwise) of the Borrower
and the Guarantors to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Agent under the Loan
Documents, including, without limitation, all costs and expenses payable
pursuant to subsection 13.5 and (c) all obligations of the Borrower and the
Guarantors to Chase in its capacity prior and subsequent to the Petition Date as
the principal concentration bank in the cash management system of the Borrower
and the Guarantors.
"OBLIGOR": any purchaser of goods or services or other Person
obligated to make payment to the Borrower or a Guarantor in respect of a
purchase of such goods or services.
"ORDERS": the Interim Order and the Final Order.
"PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor
agency or entity performing substantially the same functions.
"PERMITTED LIENS": Liens permitted to exist under subsection 8.3.
"PERSON": any natural person, corporation, division of a
corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, association, company, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
"PETITION DATE": as defined in the recitals hereto.
"PLAN": any employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code that is maintained
<PAGE>
18
for current or former employees, or any beneficiary thereof, of the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate.
"PRE-PETITION COLLATERAL": all Property securing the Existing
Obligations.
"PROPERTY": any right or interest in or to property of any kind
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.
"REGISTER": the meaning set forth in subsection 13.6(d).
"REORGANIZATION": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the
condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241
of ERISA.
"REORGANIZATION PLAN": a plan of reorganization in any of the Cases.
"REPORTABLE EVENT": any reportable event as defined in Section 4043
of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan.
"REQUIRED LENDERS": the Required Tranche A Lenders and the Required
Tranche B Lenders.
"REQUIRED TRANCHE A LENDERS": as of any date of determination,
Tranche A Lenders holding 51% of the Total Tranche A Commitment (or if the
Tranche A Commitments shall have terminated, 51% of the Tranche A Loans
outstanding) as of such date.
"REQUIRED TRANCHE B LENDERS": as of any date of determination,
Tranche B Lenders holding 51% of the Total Tranche B Commitment (or, if the
Tranche B Commitments shall have terminated, 51% of the Tranche B Loans
outstanding) as of such date.
"REQUIREMENTS OF LAW": the certificate of incorporation and by-laws
or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law,
treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or
other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject.
"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER": of any corporation, the chief financial
officer, vice president finance, the treasurer or any executive officer of such
corporation and any other officer or similar official thereof (but not including
the Crisis Manager or its employees or representatives) responsible for the
administration of the obligations of such corporation in respect of this
Agreement.
"RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES": as to any Person, all Subsidiaries of
such Person other than Jobber Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
19
"SINGLE EMPLOYER PLAN": any Plan which is covered by Title IV of
ERISA but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.
"STANDBY L/C": a Letter of Credit issued to assure the performance
under contracts and similar obligations other than in respect of the domestic
purchase of Inventory.
"SUBSIDIARY": with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the
"parent"), any corporation, association or other business entity (whether now
existing or hereafter organized) of which at least a majority of the securities
or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power for the election of
directors is, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned or
controlled by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the
parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
"SUPERMAJORITY TRANCHE A LENDERS": as of any date of determination,
Tranche A Lenders holding 662/3% of the Total Tranche A Commitment (or if the
Tranche A Commitments shall have terminated, 662/3% of the Total Tranche A
Outstandings) as of such date.
"SUPER-PRIORITY CLAIM": a claim against the Borrower and any
Guarantor in any of the Cases which is an administrative expense claim having
priority over any or all administrative expenses of the kind specified in
Sections 503(b) or 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
"TAXES": the meaning set forth in subsection 4.12.
"TERMINATION DATE": the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date,
(ii) the effective date of a Reorganization Plan confirmed by the Bankruptcy
Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order, or (iii) the termination of the Total
Tranche A Commitment in accordance with the terms hereof or, after the Tranche A
Repayment Date, the acceleration of the Tranche B Loans in accordance with the
terms hereof.
"TOTAL COMMITMENT": at any time, the sum of the Total Tranche A
Commitment and the Total Tranche B Commitment at such time.
"TOTAL OUTSTANDINGS": at any time, the sum of the Aggregate Tranche
A Outstandings and the aggregate Tranche B Loans outstanding at such time.
"TOTAL TRANCHE A COMMITMENT": at any time, the sum of the Tranche A
Commitments of all Tranche A Lenders at such time.
"TOTAL TRANCHE A OUTSTANDINGS": at any time, the sum of the
Aggregate Tranche A Outstandings of all Tranche A Lenders at such time.
"TOTAL TRANCHE B COMMITMENT": at any time, the sum of the Tranche B
Commitments of all Tranche B Lenders at such time.
<PAGE>
20
"TRANCHE": the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans whose then
current Interest Periods all begin on the same date and end on the same later
date (whether or not such Loans shall have originally been made on the same
day).
"TRANCHE A COMMITMENT": with respect to each Tranche A Lender, the
commitment of such Lender available in the amount set forth opposite its name on
Schedule 1.1 hereto under the heading "Tranche A Commitment" or as may
subsequently be set forth in the Register from time to time, as the same may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to subsections 4.7 or 4.8.
"TRANCHE A COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE": at any time, with respect to any
Tranche A Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing such Lender's Tranche A
Commitment at such time by the Total Tranche A Commitment at such time (or, if
the Tranche A Commitments shall have terminated at such time, the percentage
obtained by dividing such Lender's Aggregate Tranche A Outstandings at such time
by the Total Tranche A Outstandings at such time).
"TRANCHE A COMMITMENT PERIOD": the period from and including the
Closing Date to but not including the Termination Date.
"TRANCHE A EXTENSION OF CREDIT": a Tranche A Loan or a Letter of
Credit.
"TRANCHE A LENDER": each Lender which has a Tranche A Commitment or
which has made a Tranche A Loan.
"TRANCHE A LOANS": the meaning set forth in subsection 2.1(a).
"TRANCHE A NOTES": the promissory notes of the Borrower,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, each payable to the order of a
Lender, evidencing Tranche A Loans.
"TRANCHE A REPAYMENT DATE": the date on which (a) the Tranche A
Loans and all unreimbursed drawings under any Letters of Credit have been paid
in full, (b) the Tranche A Commitments have been terminated and (c) all
outstanding but undrawn Letters of Credit have been replaced and returned,
secured by "back-to-back" letters of credit or cash collateralized, in each
case, in the manner set forth in subsection 3.1(b).
"TRANCHE B COMMITMENT": with respect to each Tranche B Lender, the
commitment of such Lender available in the amount set forth opposite its name on
Schedule 1.1 hereto under the heading "Tranche B Commitment" or as may
subsequently be set forth in the Register from time to time, as the same may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to subsections 4.7 or 4.8.
"TRANCHE B COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE": at any time, with respect to any
Tranche B Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing such Lender's Tranche B
<PAGE>
21
Commitment at such time by the Total Tranche B Commitment at such time (or, if
the Tranche B Commitments shall have terminated at such time, the percentage
obtained by dividing the outstanding Tranche B Loans made by such Lender at such
time by the total outstanding Tranche B Loans made by all Tranche B Lenders at
such time).
"TRANCHE B COMMITMENT PERIOD": the period from and including the
Closing Date to and including the date of entry of the Final Order.
"TRANCHE B LENDER": each Lender which has a Tranche B Commitment or
which has made a Tranche B Loan.
"TRANCHE B LOAN": the meaning given such term in subsection 2.3.
"TRANCHE B NOTES": the promissory notes of the Borrower,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, each payable to the order of a
Lender, evidencing Tranche B Loans.
"TRANSFEREE": the meaning set forth in subsection 13.6(f).
"TYPE": as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar
Loan.
"UNIFORM CUSTOMS": the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary
Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500,
as the same may be amended from time to time.
"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY": the meaning given such term under Part I of
Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
"WORKING CAPITAL CERTIFICATE": the meaning set forth in subsection
7.2(c).
1.2. TERMS GENERALLY. The definitions in subsection 1.1 shall apply
equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits
and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and
Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise
require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in
effect from time to time; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of determining
compliance with any covenant set forth in Sections 7 or 8, such terms shall be
construed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement
applied on a basis consistent with the application used in the Borrower's
audited financial statements referred to in subsection 7.1(a).
<PAGE>
22
SECTION 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENT
2.1. TRANCHE A COMMITMENTS. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each Lender severally and not jointly with the other Lenders agrees to
make revolving credit loans (collectively, the "TRANCHE A LOANS") to the
Borrower from time to time during the Tranche A Commitment Period in an
aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (i) which, when added to
such Lender's Tranche A Commitment Percentage of the then Letter of Credit
Outstandings, does not exceed the amount of such Lender's Tranche A Commitment
and (ii) which does not exceed such Lender's Tranche A Commitment Percentage of
the then applicable Maximum Outstanding Amount. During the Tranche A Commitment
Period, the Borrower may use the Tranche A Commitments by borrowing, prepaying
the Tranche A Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with
the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(b) The Tranche A Loans may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar
Loans, (ii) ABR Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by the
Borrower and notified to the Agent in accordance with subsections 2.2 and 4.5,
PROVIDED that no Tranche A Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan after the day
that is one month prior to the Maturity Date.
(c) Each Borrowing of Tranche A Loans shall be made by the Lenders
PRO RATA in accordance with their respective Tranche A Commitment Percentage;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of any Lender to make any Tranche A Loan
shall not in itself relieve the other Lenders of their obligations to lend.
2.2. PROCEDURE FOR TRANCHE A BORROWING. The Borrower may borrow
under the Tranche A Commitments during the Tranche A Commitment Period on any
Business Day in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed
the Total Tranche A Commitment then in effect, PROVIDED that the Borrower shall
give the Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Agent
prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the
requested Borrowing Date, if all or any part of the requested Tranche A Loans
are to be initially Eurodollar Loans, or (b) prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City
time, on the requested Borrowing Date, otherwise), specifying (i) the amount to
be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) whether the borrowing is
to be of Eurodollar Loans, ABR Loans or a combination thereof and (iv) if the
borrowing is to be entirely or partly of Eurodollar Loans, the respective
amounts of each such Type of Loan and the lengths of the initial Interest
Periods for such Eurodollar Loans. Each borrowing under the Tranche A
Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR Loans (except
any ABR Loan used solely to pay a like amount of a Letter of Credit Outstanding
relating to an unreimbursed draft of a Letter of Credit), $500,000 or a whole
multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then Available Tranche A
Commitments are less than $500,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of
Eurodollar Loans, $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.
Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly
notify each Lender thereof. Each Lender will make the amount of its pro rata
share of each borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower
at the office of the Agent specified in subsection 13.2 prior to 1:00 P.M., New
York City time,
<PAGE>
23
on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available
to the Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the
Agent crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office prior to
3:00 P.M., New York City time, on such Borrowing Date with the aggregate of the
amounts made available to the Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received
by the Agent.
2.3. TRANCHE B COMMITMENTS. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, (a) on each Business Day during the period on and after the date of
entry of the Interim Order until the date of entry of the Final Order, the
Existing Lenders' Cash Collateral shall be deemed applied in payment of the
Existing Lender Debt, FIRST, to the Existing Revolving Credit Loans and, SECOND,
to the Existing Term Loans and each Tranche B Lender shall make a term loan
(together with the term loans to be made pursuant to clause (b), collectively,
the "TRANCHE B LOANS") to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Tranche B
Commitment Percentage of all Existing Lenders' Cash Collateral so applied on
such Business Day and (b) on the date of entry of the Final Order, each Tranche
B Lender shall make a Tranche B Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to the
remaining Tranche B Commitment of such Tranche B Lender and the Existing Lender
Debt shall be paid in full with the proceeds of all such Tranche B Loans. Prior
to the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, all Tranche B Loans shall be ABR
Loans and, after the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, the Tranche B Loans
may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) ABR Loans or (iii) a
combination thereof, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Agent in
accordance with subsection 4.5, PROVIDED that no Tranche B Loan shall be made as
a Eurodollar Loan after the day that is one month prior to the Maturity Date.
SECTION 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1. LETTERS OF CREDIT. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the Borrower may request the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to
time after the date hereof and prior to the Termination Date, to issue, and
subject to the terms and conditions contained herein (including, without
limitation, subsections 3.2 and 6.2(e)), such Issuing Bank shall issue, for the
account of the Borrower, one or more Letters of Credit; PROVIDED that no Letter
of Credit shall be issued if after giving effect to such issuance (i) the Letter
of Credit Outstandings would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (ii) the
Total Tranche A Outstandings would exceed the Total Tranche A Commitment or
(iii) the aggregate face amount of Standby L/Cs (inclusive of Existing Letters
of Credit which become Letters of Credit on the Existing Lender Debt Repayment
Date pursuant to subsection 3.1(c)) would exceed $10,000,000; PROVIDED, FURTHER,
that no Letter of Credit shall be issued if the Issuing Bank shall have received
notice from the Agent or the Required Tranche A Lenders (and a copy of such
notice shall be delivered to the Borrower) that the conditions to such issuance
have not been met.
(b) Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and
shall be either (x) a Standby L/C or (y) a Commercial L/C, (ii) expire no later
than 365 days after its date of issuance in the case of Standby L/Cs and 180
days after its date of issuance in the
<PAGE>
24
case of Commercial L/Cs and (iii) expire no later than 60 days after the
Maturity Date, PROVIDED that if the Termination Date or the Maturity Date occurs
prior to the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall, on or prior
to the Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as applicable, (A) cause such
Letter of Credit to be replaced and returned to the Issuing Bank undrawn and
marked "cancelled" or (B) to the extent that the Borrower is unable to so
replace and return such Letter of Credit, either (x) provide a "back-to-back"
letter of credit to the Issuing Bank in a form satisfactory to the Issuing Bank,
issued by a bank satisfactory to the Issuing Bank, in an amount equal to 105% of
the then undrawn stated amount of such Letter of Credit or (y) deposit cash in
the L/C Cash Collateral Account in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of
such Letter of Credit, as collateral security for the Borrower's reimbursement
obligations in connection therewith, such cash to be remitted to the Borrower
upon the expiration, cancellation or other termination or satisfaction of the
Borrower's reimbursement obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit and all
other Obligations then outstanding under this Agreement.
(c) On the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, each Existing Letter
of Credit shall be deemed to be issued under this Agreement and thereafter shall
be a Letter of Credit issued and outstanding under this Agreement for all
purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(d) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs
and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New
York.
(e) The Issuing Bank shall not at any time be obligated to issue any
Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the
Issuing Bank or any Tranche A Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any
applicable Requirement of Law.
(f) The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank, in addition to such
other fees and charges as are specifically provided for in subsection 4.19
hereof, such fees and charges in connection with the issuance, amendment and
processing of the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank as are
customarily imposed by the Issuing Bank from time to time in connection with
letter of credit transactions.
(g) Drafts drawn and paid under each Letter of Credit shall be
reimbursed by the Borrower in Dollars not later than the date of draw (or the
next Business Day if the Borrower receives notice of such drawing after 12:00
noon New York time on such date of drawing) and shall bear interest from the
date of draw until reimbursed in full at a rate per annum equal to the ABR PLUS
1.5% (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over any year
of 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) days). The Borrower shall effect such
reimbursement (x) if such draw occurs prior to the Termination Date, in cash or
through a Borrowing without the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set
forth in subsection 6.2 and which Borrowing shall be effected without the need
for a request therefor from the Borrower or (y) if such draw occurs on or after
the Termination Date, in cash. Each Tranche A Lender agrees to make the Loans
described in clause (x) of the preceding sentence notwithstanding a failure to
satisfy the applicable lending conditions thereto or the provisions of
subsection 2.1 or the occurrence of the Termination Date.
<PAGE>
25
(h) Immediately upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit by the
Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Tranche A
Lender other than the Issuing Bank and each such other Tranche A Lender shall be
deemed unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the Issuing Bank,
without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the
extent of such Tranche A Lender's Tranche A Commitment Percentage, in such
Letter of Credit, each drawing thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower
and the Guarantors under this Agreement with respect thereto. Upon any change in
the Tranche A Commitments pursuant to subsection 13.6, it is hereby agreed that
with respect to all Letter of Credit Outstandings, there shall be an automatic
adjustment to the participations hereby created to reflect the new Tranche A
Commitment Percentages of the assigning and assignee Tranche A Lenders. Any
action taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank under or in connection with a Letter
of Credit, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or wilful
misconduct, shall not create for the Issuing Bank any resulting liability to any
other Tranche A Lender.
(i) In the event that the Issuing Bank makes any payment under any
Letter of Credit and the Borrower shall not have reimbursed such amount in full
to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section, the Issuing Bank shall promptly
notify the Agent, which shall promptly notify each Tranche A Lender of such
failure, and each Tranche A Lender shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the
Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank the amount of such Tranche A Lender's
Tranche A Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in
same day funds. If the Issuing Bank so notifies the Agent, and the Agent so
notifies the Tranche A Lenders prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any
Business Day, such Tranche A Lenders shall make available to the Issuing Bank
such Tranche A Lender's Tranche A Commitment Percentage of the amount of such
payment on such Business Day in same day funds. If and to the extent such
Tranche A Lender shall not have so made its Tranche A Commitment Percentage of
the amount of such payment available to the Issuing Bank, such Tranche A Lender
agrees to pay to the Issuing Bank, forthwith on demand such amount, together
with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such amount is
paid to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at the Federal Funds
Effective Rate. The failure of any Tranche A Lender to make available to the
Issuing Bank its Tranche A Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter
of Credit shall not relieve any other Tranche A Lender of its obligation
hereunder to make available to the Issuing Bank its Tranche A Commitment
Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as
specified above, but no Tranche A Lender shall be responsible for the failure of
any other Tranche A Lender to make available to the Issuing Bank such other
Tranche A Lender's Tranche A Commitment Percentage of any such payment. Whenever
the Issuing Bank or the Agent receives a payment of a reimbursement obligation
as to which it has received any payments from the Tranche A Lenders pursuant to
this paragraph, the Issuing Bank or the Agent shall pay to each Tranche A Lender
which has paid its Tranche A Commitment Percentage thereof, in Dollars and in
same day funds, an amount equal to such Tranche A Lender's Tranche A Commitment
Percentage thereof.
3.2. ISSUANCE. (a) The Borrower may from time to time request that
the Issuing Bank issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Issuing Bank at
its address for notices specified herein an L/C Application therefor, completed
to the satisfaction of the
<PAGE>
26
Issuing Bank, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and
information as the Issuing Bank may request. Upon receipt of any L/C
Application, the Issuing Bank will process such L/C Application and the
certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in
connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall
promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the
Issuing Bank be required to issue any Letter of Credit (x) if the conditions
precedent contained in subsection 6.2 are not satisfied and (y) earlier than
three Business Days after its receipt of the L/C Application therefor and all
such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating
thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary
thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. The
Issuing Bank shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower
promptly following the issuance thereof.
(b) To the extent that any provision of the L/C Application is
inconsistent with the provisions of subsection 3.2, the provisions of this
subsection 3.2 shall apply.
3.3. NATURE OF LETTER OF CREDIT OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. The obligation
of the Borrower to reimburse the Tranche A Lenders for drawings made under any
Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances,
including, without limitation (it being understood that any such payment by the
Borrower shall be without prejudice to, and shall not constitute a waiver of,
any rights the Borrower might have or might acquire as a result of the payment
by the Issuing Bank of any draft or the reimbursement by the Borrower thereof):
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the
existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower may
have at any time against a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or against any of
the Tranche A Lenders, whether in connection with this Agreement, the
transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction; (iii) any draft,
demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit
proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by the
Issuing Bank of any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or
certificate or other document which does not comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit; (v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, which is
similar to any of the foregoing; or (vi) the fact that any Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing.
SECTION 4
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
4.1. REPAYMENT OF LOANS; EVIDENCE OF DEBT. (a) The Borrower hereby
unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender the
then unpaid principal amount of each Loan of such Lender on the Termination Date
(or such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to
Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof
until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set
forth in subsection 4.2.
<PAGE>
27
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice
an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts
of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time
under this Agreement.
(c) The Agent shall record in the Register, with separate
subaccounts for each Lender, (i) the amount and Borrowing Date of each Loan made
hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii)
the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and
payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of
any payment received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender's
share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender
maintained pursuant to subsections 4.1(b) and 4.1(c) shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the existence and
amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the failure of the Agent or any Lender to maintain the Register or any such
account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of
the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to such Borrower
by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(e) The Borrower agrees that, upon request by any Tranche A Lender,
the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the
Borrower dated the Closing Date evidencing the Tranche A Loans of such Lender,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 with appropriate insertions as to date
and principal amount (which shall be the amount of such Lender's Tranche A
Commitment) (a "TRANCHE A NOTE"). Each Tranche A Lender is hereby authorized to
record the date, Type and amount of each Tranche A Loan made by such Lender, the
date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, each
continuation thereof, each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another
Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period
and Eurodollar Rate with respect thereto, on the schedule (or any continuation
of the schedule) annexed to and constituting a part of its Tranche A Note, and
any such recordation shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
constitute PRIMA FACIE evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded,
PROVIDED that the failure to make any such recordation (or any error therein)
shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable
interest) the Tranche A Loans made to the Borrower in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement.
(f) The Borrower agrees that, upon request by any Tranche B Lender,
the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the
Borrower dated the Closing Date evidencing the Tranche B Loans of such Lender,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 with appropriate insertions as to date
and principal amount (which shall be the amount of such Lender's Tranche B
Commitment) (a "TRANCHE B NOTE"). Each Tranche B Lender is hereby authorized to
record the date, Type and amount of each Tranche B Loan made by such Lender, the
date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, each
continuation thereof, each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another
Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period
and Eurodollar Rate with respect thereto, on the schedule (or any continuation
of the schedule) annexed to and
<PAGE>
28
constituting a part of its Tranche B Note, and any such recordation shall, to
the extent permitted by applicable law, constitute PRIMA FACIE evidence of the
accuracy of the information so recorded, PROVIDED that the failure to make any
such recordation (or any error therein) shall not affect the obligation of the
Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Tranche B Loans made to the
Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
4.2. INTEREST RATES AND PAYMENT DATES. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan
shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect
thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day
plus (i) 2.5% in the case of Tranche A Loans and (ii) 2.75% in the case of
Tranche B Loans after the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date.
(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
the ABR plus 1.5%.
(c) If all or a portion of (i) any principal of any Loan, (ii) any
interest payable thereon, (iii) any commitment fee or (iv) any other amount
payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise), the principal of the Loans and any such overdue
interest, commitment fee or other amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum
which is the rate described in paragraph (b) of this subsection plus 2%, in each
case from the date of such non-payment until such overdue principal, interest,
commitment fee or other amount is paid in full (as well after as before
judgment).
(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date, PROVIDED that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this
subsection shall be payable from time to time on demand.
4.3. COMPUTATION OF INTEREST AND FEES. (a) Whenever it is calculated
on the basis of the ABR, interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or
366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed; and, otherwise,
interest and commitment fees shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
for the actual days elapsed. The Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the
Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate.
Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or
the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening
of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Agent shall
as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the
effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent pursuant to
any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower
and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.
4.4. INABILITY TO DETERMINE INTEREST RATE. If prior to the first day
of any Interest Period, the Agent shall have determined (which determination
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of
circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do
not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such
<PAGE>
29
Interest Period, the Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to
the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice
is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made on the first day of such
Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any ABR Loans that were to have
been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans
shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding
Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the first day of such Interest Period,
to ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Agent, no further
Eurodollar Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have
the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans.
4.5. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION OPTIONS. (a) The Borrower may elect
from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Agent
at least two Business Days' prior irrevocable notice of such election, PROVIDED
that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of
an Interest Period with respect thereto and PROVIDED that Tranche B Loans may be
converted only after the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date. Subject to
subsection 2.3, the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to
Eurodollar Loans by giving the Agent at least three Business Days' prior
irrevocable notice of such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar
Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest
Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Agent shall promptly
notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar
Loans and ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, PROVIDED that (i) no
ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and the Agent has or the Required Tranche A Lenders
have determined that such a conversion is not appropriate and (ii) no ABR Loan
may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior
to the Maturity Date.
(b) Any Eurodollar Loans may be continued as such upon the
expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the
Borrower giving notice to the Agent, in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the term "Interest Period" set forth in subsection 1.1, of the
length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, PROVIDED that
no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) when any Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and the Agent has or the Required Tranche A Lenders
determined that such a continuation is not appropriate or (ii) after the date
that is one month prior to the Maturity Date and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if the
Borrower shall fail to give such notice or if such continuation is not permitted
such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such
then expiring Interest Period.
4.6. MINIMUM AMOUNTS AND MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TRANCHES. All borrowings,
conversions and continuations of Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest
Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such
elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount
of the Loans shall be equal to $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in
excess thereof. In no event shall there be more than 10 Tranches outstanding at
any time.
4.7. OPTIONAL TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF TRANCHE A COMMITMENT. Upon
at least three Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent, the Borrower
may at any time,
<PAGE>
30
without premium or penalty, in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time
in part permanently reduce, the Total Tranche A Commitment; PROVIDED that no
such termination or reduction of the Total Tranche A Commitment shall be
permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Tranche
A Loans related to such Total Tranche A Commitment reduction, the then Total
Tranche A Outstandings would exceed the Total Tranche A Commitment. Each such
partial reduction of the Total Tranche A Commitment shall be in the principal
amount of $500,000 or any integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.
Simultaneously with each reduction or termination of the Total Tranche A
Commitment, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender
the Commitment Fee accrued on the amount of the Tranche A Commitment of such
Lender so terminated or reduced through the date thereof. Any reduction of the
Total Tranche A Commitment pursuant to this subsection 4.7 shall be applied PRO
RATA to reduce the Tranche A Commitment of each Lender.
4.8. MANDATORY PREPAYMENT; COMMITMENT TERMINATION; USE OF CASH
COLLATERAL. (a) On each Business Day, after giving effect on such Business Day
to (i) anticipated receipts by, and disbursements of, the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any deemed repayment of the Existing Lender
Debt and corresponding advance of Tranche B Loans in accordance with subsection
2.3, the Borrower shall apply cash on deposit in the Concentration Account in
excess of $5,000,000 FIRST, to the prepayment in full of the Tranche A Loans and
SECOND, to the payment in full of any unreimbursed drawings under any Letters of
Credit.
(b) If at any time prior to the termination of the Tranche A
Commitments, the Total Tranche A Outstandings exceed the Total Tranche A
Commitment then in effect, the Borrower, without notice or demand, shall
immediately apply an amount equal to any such excess (without duplication)
FIRST, to the prepayment in full of the Tranche A Loans, SECOND, to the payment
in full of any Letter of Credit Outstandings constituting unreimbursed drawings
under any Letters of Credit and THIRD, to deposit into the L/C Cash Collateral
Account an amount equal to 105% of the amount by which the aggregate Letter of
Credit Outstandings exceeds the amount of cash held in the L/C Cash Collateral
Account.
(c) If at any time prior to the termination of the Tranche A
Commitments, the outstanding Tranche A Loans exceed the Maximum Outstanding
Amount then in effect (including, without limitation, by virtue of a reduction
in the Maximum Outstanding Amount on the first day of a month), the Borrower,
without notice or demand, shall immediately apply any such excess to the
prepayment of the Tranche A Loans.
(d) At any time prior to the Tranche A Repayment Date, within one
Business Day after the receipt by the Borrower or any Guarantors of Net Cash
Proceeds from any sale or other disposition of any Collateral outside the
ordinary course of business (including without limitation, any causes of
action), the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds
(without duplication), after giving effect to any deemed repayment of the
Existing Lender Debt with such Net Cash Proceeds and deemed advance of Tranche B
Loans in a like amount, FIRST to the prepayment in full of any outstanding
Tranche A Loans, SECOND, to the payment in full of any Letter of Credit
Outstandings constituting unreimbursed
<PAGE>
31
drawings under any Letters of Credit and THIRD to deposit in the L/C Cash
Collateral Account an amount equal to 105% of the amount by which the aggregate
Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the amount of cash held in the L/C Cash
Collateral Account. To the extent that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds
exceeds the amount applied pursuant to the immediately preceding clauses FIRST,
SECOND and THIRD (such excess being referred to herein as the "EXCESS AMOUNT"),
the Borrower may retain and use such Excess Amount in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement; PROVIDED that, subject to subsection 4.8(e), upon the
affirmative vote of the Required Tranche A Lenders, the Excess Amount shall not
be retained by the Borrower but instead shall be applied to the prepayment of
the Tranche B Loans. Unless otherwise agreed by the Required Tranche A Lenders,
the Total Tranche A Commitment and the Maximum Outstanding Amount (for the month
in which such Net Cash Proceeds were received and each month thereafter) shall
be permanently reduced by the aggregate amount applied pursuant to clauses
FIRST, SECOND and THIRD above and the Excess Amount retained by the Borrower
pursuant to this subsection 4.8(d); PROVIDED that neither the Total Tranche A
Commitment nor the Maximum Outstanding Amount shall be reduced by any Excess
Amount applied to the prepayment of the Tranche B Loans in accordance with the
proviso to the immediately preceding sentence. After the Tranche A Repayment
Date, all Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied to the payment in full of the
Tranche B Loans.
(e) Prior to any prepayment before the Tranche A Repayment Date of
Tranche B Loans to a Tranche B Lender in accordance with subsection 4.8(d), such
Tranche B Lender shall have entered into indemnity, reimbursement and other
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (or an order of the Bankruptcy
Court shall have been entered reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) such that if
the Tranche A Repayment Date has not occurred by the earliest of (x) the
effective date of a Reorganization Plan, (y) the Maturity Date or (z) 60 days
after the Termination Date, such Tranche B Lender shall, immediately upon
demand, pay to the Agent (for the account of the Tranche A Lenders) an amount
equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total of
all Excess Amount prepayments received by such Tranche B Lender and the
denominator of which is the total of all Excess Amount prepayments received by
all Tranche B Lenders, TIMES (B) the amount required to cause the occurrence of
the Tranche A Repayment Date, PROVIDED that no Tranche B Lender shall be liable
for an amount in excess of the total of all Excess Amount prepayments received
by such Tranche B Lender. After the Tranche A Repayment Date, each Tranche B
Lender shall be subrogated to the rights of the Tranche A Lenders to the extent
of its payment to the Agent under this subsection 4.8(e).
(f) Upon the Termination Date, the Tranche A Commitments shall be
terminated in full and the Borrower shall pay the Loans in full (including all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, fees and other Obligations in respect
thereof) and, if there are any Letter of Credit Outstandings constituting
undrawn Letters of Credit, the Borrower shall replace such Letter(s) of Credit,
provide a "back-to-back" letter of credit or cash collateralize such Letter of
Credit Outstandings, in each case in accordance with subsection 3.1(b).
4.9. OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT OF LOANS; REIMBURSEMENT OF LENDERS. (a) The
Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in
part, without premium or penalty (except for any breakage costs associated with
Eurodollar Loans
<PAGE>
32
paid on any date other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor), upon
irrevocable notice to the Agent (i) in the case of ABR Loans, one Business Day
prior to such prepayment, PROVIDED that ABR Loans may be prepaid on the same day
notice is given if such notice is received by the Agent prior to 12:00 noon, New
York City time, or (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, three Business Days
prior to such prepayment, PROVIDED that, after giving effect to any prepayment
of Eurodollar Loans, any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be in an amount in
excess of $500,000. Such irrevocable notice shall specify the date and amount of
prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans, ABR Loans or a
combination thereof, and, if a combination thereof, the amount allocable to
each. Upon receipt of any such notice of prepayment the Agent shall notify each
affected Lender thereof on the date of receipt of such notice. If any such
notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on
the date specified therein, together with any amounts payable pursuant to
subsection 4.15. Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal amount
of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this subsection 4.9, except to the extent set forth
in subsection 4.8(d) no Tranche B Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the
Tranche A Repayment Date.
4.10. RESERVE REQUIREMENTS; CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES. (a) If any
Lender shall have determined that the adoption or effectiveness after the date
hereof of any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change after
the date hereof in any of the foregoing or in the interpretation or
administration of any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority, central
bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or any lending office of such Lender) or
any Lender's holding company with any request or directive regarding capital
adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central
bank or comparable agency made subsequent to the date hereof, has or would have
the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's capital or on the
capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this
Agreement, the Loans made by such Lender pursuant hereto, such Lender's
Commitments hereunder or the issuance of, or participation in, any Letter of
Credit by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender's
holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance
(taking into account such Lender's policies and the policies of such Lender's
holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such
Lender to be material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such
Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such
Lender's holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(b) A certificate of each Lender setting forth such amount or
amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company
as specified in paragraph (a) above, as the case may be, shall be delivered to
the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall
pay each Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered to it
within 10 days after its receipt of the same. Any Lender receiving any such
payment shall promptly make a refund thereof to the Borrower if the law,
regulation, guideline or change in circumstances giving rise to such payment is
subsequently deemed or held to be invalid or inapplicable.
<PAGE>
33
(c) Failure on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any
increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in
return on capital with respect to any period shall not constitute a waiver of
such Lender's right to demand compensation with respect to such period or any
other period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender
regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of
the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall
have occurred or been imposed.
4.11. PRO RATA TREATMENT, ETC. (a) All payments and repayments of
principal and interest in respect of the Tranche A Loans (except as provided in
subsections 4.10, 4.12 and 4.15), as the case may be, shall be made pro rata
among the Tranche A Lenders in accordance with their respective Tranche A
Commitment Percentages and all payments of Commitment Fees and all Letter of
Credit Fees (other than those payable to the Issuing Bank) shall be made pro
rata among the Lenders in accordance with their Tranche A Commitments. All
payments and repayments of principal and interest in respect of the Tranche B
Loans (except as provided in subsections 4.10, 4.12 and 4.15), as the case may
be, shall be made pro rata among the Tranche B Lenders in accordance with their
respective Tranche B Commitment Percentages.
(b) All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under the Notes shall
be made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the office of the Agent by
12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date on which such payment shall be due.
Interest in respect of any Loan hereunder shall accrue from and including the
date of such Loan to but excluding the date on which such Loan is paid in full.
4.12. TAXES. (a) All payments made by the Borrower under this
Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction
or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or
other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings,
now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any
Governmental Authority, excluding net income taxes and franchise taxes (imposed
in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on the Agent or any Lender as a result of a
present or former connection between the Agent or such Lender and the
jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such
connection arising solely from the Agent or such Lender having executed,
delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced,
this Agreement or any Note). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts,
duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings ("NON-EXCLUDED TAXES") are
required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Agent or any Lender
hereunder or under any Note, the amounts so payable to the Agent or such Lender
shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Agent or such Lender
(after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts
payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such
amounts payable to any Lender that is not organized under the laws of the United
States of America or a state thereof if such Lender fails to comply with the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this subsection. Whenever any Non-Excluded
Taxes are payable by the Borrower and the Borrower has received notice thereof
as provided herein, as
<PAGE>
34
promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Agent for its own
account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy
of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment
thereof. If, after the Borrower has been notified of an obligation to pay
Non-Excluded Taxes, the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to
the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Agent the required
receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify
the Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that
may become payable by the Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.
The agreements in this subsection shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(b) Each Lender (and each Transferee) that is not incorporated or
organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof
shall:
(i) in the case of a Lender or a Transferee that is a "bank" under
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
(A) on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement
(or, in the case of a Participant, on or before the date such
Participant becomes a Participant hereunder) and on or before the
date, if any, such Lender (or Transferee) changes its applicable
lending office by designating a different lending office (a "NEW
LENDING OFFICE") deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (y) two
properly completed and duly executed copies of United States
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224, or successor applicable
form, as the case may be, and (z) an Internal Revenue Service Form
W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be;
(B) deliver to the Borrower and the Agent two further properly
completed and duly executed copies of any such form or certification
on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or
becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a
change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the
Borrower or upon the request of the Borrower or the Agent; and
(C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing
such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the
Borrower;
(ii) in the case of a Lender or a Transferee that is not a "bank"
under Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code:
(A) on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement
(or, in the case of a Participant, on or the date such Participant
becomes a Participant hereunder) deliver to the Borrower and the
Agent (I) a statement under penalties of perjury that such Lender or
Transferee (x) is not a "bank" under Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the
Code, is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a
bank in any jurisdiction, and has not been treated as a bank
<PAGE>
35
for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or
submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made
to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax,
securities law or other legal requirements, (y) is not a 10-percent
shareholder within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code
and (z) is not a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest
from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of
the Code and (II) a properly completed and duly executed Internal
Revenue Service Form W-8 or applicable successor form;
(B) deliver to the Borrower and the Agent two further properly
completed and duly executed copies of such Form W-8, or any
successor applicable form, on or before the date that any such Form
W-8 expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event
requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by
it to the Borrower or upon the request of the Borrower; and
(C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing
such forms or certifications as may be reasonably requested by the
Borrower or the Agent;
unless in any such case any change in law or regulation has occurred subsequent
to the date such Lender (or Transferee) became a party to this Agreement (or in
the case of a Participant, the date such Participant became a Participant
hereunder) which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such
Lender (or Transferee) from properly completing and executing any such form with
respect to it and such Lender (or Transferee) so advises the Borrower and the
Agent in writing no later than 15 calendar days before any payment hereunder or
under any Note is due. Each such Lender (and each Transferee) shall certify (i)
in the case of a Form 1001 or 4224, that it is entitled to receive payments
under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States
federal income taxes and (ii) in the case of a Form W-8 or W-9 delivered
pursuant to subsection 4.12(b)(i), that it is entitled to an exemption from
United States backup withholding tax.
4.13. ILLEGALITY. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the
adoption of or any change after the date hereof in any Requirement of Law or in
the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender
to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the
commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue
Eurodollar Loans as such and convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall
forthwith be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and
maintain Eurodollar Loans, (b) such Lender's Loans then outstanding as
Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the
respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such
Loans or within such earlier period as required by law and (c) all Loans that
would otherwise be made or continued by such Lender as Eurodollar Loans shall be
made or continued instead as ABR Loans, and all ABR Loans of such Lender that
would otherwise be converted into Eurodollar Loans shall remain as ABR Loans. If
any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan is legally required to occur on a day
which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect
thereto, the Borrower
<PAGE>
36
shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to
subsection 4.15.
4.14. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW. (a) If the adoption of or any change
after the date hereof in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or
application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other
Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
(i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever
with respect to this Agreement, any Note, any Letter of Credit or any
Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to
such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes covered by
subsection 4.12 and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income
of such Lender);
(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets
held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances,
loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds
by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the
determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or
(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into,
continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in
Letters of Credit or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect
thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such
increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender requests compensation
from the Borrower under this subsection 4.14(a) with respect to Eurodollar
Loans, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Agent),
suspend the obligation of such Lender thereafter to make, convert into or
continue Eurodollar Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such
compensation ceases to be in effect, in which event all Loans that would
otherwise be made or continued by such Lender as Eurodollar Loans shall be made
or continued instead as ABR Loans, and all ABR Loans of such Lender that would
otherwise be converted into Eurodollar Loans shall remain as ABR Loans, PROVIDED
that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the
compensation so requested.
(b) If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts
pursuant to this subsection, it shall notify the Borrower (with a copy to the
Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled as promptly as
practicable, but in any event within 45 days after such Lender obtains actual
knowledge thereof; PROVIDED, that if any Lender fails to give such notice within
45 days after it obtains actual knowledge of such an event, such Lender shall,
with respect to compensation payable pursuant to this subsection in respect of
any costs resulting from such event, only be entitled to payment under this
<PAGE>
37
subsection for costs incurred from and after the date that is 45 days prior to
the date that such Lender does give such notice. A certificate as to any
additional amounts payable pursuant to this subsection submitted by such Lender
to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error. The Borrower shall pay each Lender the amount shown as due on
any such certificate delivered to it within 10 days after its receipt of same.
The agreements in this subsection shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
4.15. INDEMNITY. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to
hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain
or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing
of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has
given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment after the
Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is
not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the making
of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans as ABR Loans pursuant to
the last sentence of subsection 4.14(a). Such indemnification may include an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would
have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or
continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to
borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the
case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would
have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate
of interest for such Loans provided for herein over (ii) the amount of interest
(as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such
Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period
with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. This covenant shall
survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all
other amounts payable hereunder.
4.16. CHANGE OF LENDING OFFICE. Each Lender agrees that if it makes
any demand for payment under subsection 4.12(a) or 4.14, or if any adoption or
change of the type described in subsection 4.13 shall occur with respect to it,
it will use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal
and regulatory restrictions and so long as such efforts would not be
disadvantageous to it, as determined in its sole discretion) to designate a
different lending office if the making of such a designation would reduce or
obviate the need for the Borrower to make payments under subsection 4.12(a) or
4.14, or would eliminate or reduce the effect of any adoption or change
described in subsection 4.13.
4.17. FACILITY AND OTHER FEES. The Borrower shall pay the Fees
described in the Fee Letter in accordance with the terms thereof.
4.18. COMMITMENT FEES. The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders a
commitment fee (the "COMMITMENT FEE") for the period commencing on the Petition
Date to the Termination Date, computed (on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at the rate of 1/2 of 1% per annum on the
average daily Available Tranche A Commitments. Such Commitment Fee, to the
extent then accrued, shall be payable (w) on
<PAGE>
38
the Closing Date, (x) monthly, in arrears, on the last day of each calendar
month, (y) on the Termination Date and (z) as provided in subsection 4.7 hereof,
upon any reduction or termination in whole or in part of the Total Tranche A
Commitment.
4.19. LETTER OF CREDIT FEES. The Borrower shall pay with respect to
each Letter of Credit (i) to the Agent on behalf of the Tranche A Lenders and
the Issuing Bank a fee calculated (on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed over a year of 360 days) at the rate of 2.5% on the face amount of such
Letter of Credit and (ii) to the Issuing Bank such Issuing Bank's customary fees
for issuance, amendment and processing referred to in subsection 3.1(f). Accrued
fees described in clause (i) of the first sentence of this paragraph in respect
of each Letter of Credit shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the last
day of each calendar month and on the Termination Date. Accrued fees described
in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph in respect of each Letter
of Credit shall be payable at times to be determined by the Issuing Bank, the
Borrower and the Agent.
4.20. NATURE OF FEES. All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in
immediately available funds, to the Agent (for the respective accounts of the
Agent and the Lenders), as provided herein and in the Fee Letter. Once paid,
none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.
4.21. PRIORITY AND LIENS. (a) The Borrower and each of the
Guarantors hereby covenants, represents and warrants that, upon entry of the
Interim Order (and the Final Order, as applicable), the Obligations of the
Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder and under the Loan Documents (i) pursuant
to Section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall at all times constitute
allowed Super-priority Claims, (ii) pursuant to Section 364(c)(2) of the
Bankruptcy Code, shall at all times be secured by a perfected first priority
Lien on all Collateral, including, without limitation, all cash maintained in
the L/C Cash Collateral Account and any direct investments of the funds
contained therein that is otherwise not encumbered by a valid and perfected Lien
as of the Petition Date or after giving effect to the occurrence of the Existing
Lender Debt Repayment Date, (iii) pursuant to Section 364(c)(3) of the
Bankruptcy Code, shall be secured by a perfected junior Lien upon all Collateral
(other than Collateral that is subject to existing Liens that, prior to the
Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, secure the Existing Obligations, as to
which the Lien in favor of the Agent and the Lenders will be as described in
clause (iv) of this sentence) that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in
existence on the Petition Date or valid Liens perfected (but not granted)
thereafter to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of a
pre-Petition Date claim is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code, and to
other valid and perfected Liens which are senior (after giving effect to the
Interim Order (and the Final Order, as applicable)) to the Liens granted to the
Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Interim Order (and the Final Order, as
applicable) and (iv) prior to the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, pursuant
to Section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Loans shall be secured by a
perfected first priority, senior priming Lien on all Pre-Petition Collateral and
any Property of the Debtors on which a Lien is granted after the Petition Date
to provide adequate protection in respect of the Existing Lender Debt, subject
and subordinate in each case with respect to subclauses (i) through (iv) above,
only to (x) following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or
an Event of Default, the payment (as the same may be due
<PAGE>
39
and payable) of professional fees and disbursements allowed by order of the
Bankruptcy Court and incurred by the Borrower and any statutory committee of
unsecured creditors appointed in the Cases and any disbursements of any member
of such committee in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 (in addition
to compensation previously awarded whether or not paid) and (y) the payment of
unpaid fees pursuant to 28 U.S.C. ss. 1930 and any fees payable to the Clerk of
the Bankruptcy Court (collectively, the "CARVE-OUT"), PROVIDED, FURTHER, that
following the Termination Date amounts in the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall
not be subject to the Carve-Out. The Lenders agree that so long as no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower and the
Guarantors shall be permitted to pay compensation and reimbursement of expenses
allowed and payable under Sections 330 and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the
same may be payable, and the amounts so paid shall not reduce the Carve-Out. The
Liens and Super-priority Claims granted to the Tranche A Lenders to secure the
Total Tranche A Outstandings shall be senior and prior to the Liens and
Super-priority Claims granted to secure the Tranche B Loans.
(b) As to all Collateral, including without limitation, all real
property the title to which is held by the Borrower or any Guarantor, or the
possession of which is held by the Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to
leasehold interest, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby assigns and
conveys as security, grants a security interest in, hypothecates, mortgages,
pledges and sets over unto the Agent all of the right, title and interest of the
Borrower and such Guarantor in all of such Collateral, including without
limitation, all owned real property and in all such leasehold interests,
together in each case with all of the right, title and interest of the Borrower
and each Guarantor in and to all buildings, improvements, and fixtures related
thereto, any lease or sublease thereof, all general intangibles relating thereto
and all proceeds thereof. The Borrower and each Guarantor acknowledges that,
pursuant to the Orders, the Liens granted in favor of the Agent (on behalf of
the Lenders) in all of the Collateral shall be perfected without the recordation
of any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, notices of Lien or other
instruments of mortgage or assignment. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors
further agrees that (i) the Agent shall have rights and remedies set forth in
Section 12 in respect of the Collateral and (ii) if requested by the Agent, each
of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall enter into separate security
agreements, pledge agreements and fee and leasehold mortgages with respect to
such Collateral on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(c) The Borrower and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that, as
adequate protection for the Existing Lenders' interests in the Liens that are
being primed as set forth in subsection 4.21(a)(iv) and the imposition of the
automatic stay pursuant to Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Existing
Lenders shall, pursuant to the Interim Order (and the Final Order, as
applicable), receive during the period from the date of entry of the Interim
Order until the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date (i) a Super-priority Claim
junior only to the Super-priority Claim granted to the Agent and the Lenders,
(ii) a replacement Lien on the Collateral having a priority immediately junior
to the priming and other Liens granted in favor of the Agent and the Lenders
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and the Orders (subject and
subordinate, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the Carve-Out and
valid and perfected Liens which are senior (after giving effect to the Interim
Order (and the Final Order, as applicable)) to the Liens granted to the Agent
and the Lenders pursuant to
<PAGE>
40
the Interim Order (and the Final Order, as applicable), (iii) the payment on the
Closing Date and on the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date of all accrued but
unpaid interest on the Existing Lender Debt and all other fees, costs and
charges owing in respect thereof under the Existing Credit Agreement on each
such date and (iv) cash payments on the first Business Day of each month prior
to the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date in an amount equal to interest due on
the Existing Lender Debt at the non-default rate determined in accordance with
subsection 4.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement.
4.22. SECURITY INTEREST IN CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT AND L/C CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT. Pursuant to Section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, the
Borrower and the Guarantors hereby assign and pledge to the Agent (for the
benefit of the Lenders), and hereby grant to the Agent (for the benefit of the
Lenders) a first priority security interest, senior to all other Liens, if any,
in all of the Borrower's and the Guarantors' right, title and interest in and to
the Concentration Account and any direct investment of the funds contained
therein and the L/C Cash Collateral Account and any direct investment of the
funds contained therein.
4.23. PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. Upon the maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) of any of the Obligations under this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents, the Lenders shall be entitled to immediate payment
of such Obligations without further application to or order of the Bankruptcy
Court.
4.24. NO DISCHARGE; SURVIVAL OF CLAIMS. Each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors agrees that to the extent its Obligations hereunder are not satisfied
in full, (i) its Obligations arising hereunder shall not be discharged by the
entry of a Confirmation Order (and each of the Borrower and the Guarantors
pursuant to Section 1141(d) (4) of the Bankruptcy Code, hereby waives any such
discharge) and (ii) the Super-priority Claim granted to the Agent and the
Lenders pursuant to the Orders and described in subsection 4.21 and the Liens
granted to the Agent pursuant to the Orders and described in subsection 4.21
shall not be affected in any manner by the entry of a Confirmation Order.
SECTION 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Lenders to make the Tranche A Extensions of
Credit and the Tranche B Loans hereunder, the Borrower and each of the
Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant as follows:
5.1. ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORITY. Each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors (i) is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the
laws of the State of its incorporation and is duly qualified as a foreign
corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to
so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) subject to the entry by
the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order (or the Final Order, when applicable),
has the requisite corporate power and authority to effect the transactions
contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents, and (iii) subject to the
entry by the
<PAGE>
41
Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order (or the Final Order, when applicable) has
all requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge,
mortgage and operate its properties, and to conduct its business as now or
currently proposed to be conducted.
5.2. DUE EXECUTION. Upon entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the
Interim Order (or the Final Order, when applicable), the execution, delivery and
performance by each of the Borrower and the Guarantors of each of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party, and the commencement of the Cases (i) are
within the respective corporate powers of each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,
including the consent of shareholders where required, and do not (A) contravene
the charter or by-laws of any of the Borrower or the Guarantors, (B) violate any
law (including, without limitation, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or
regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or any order or decree of any court
or governmental instrumentality, (C) conflict with or result in a breach of, or
constitute a default under, any material indenture, mortgage or deed of trust
entered into after the Petition Date, any provision of any security issued by
the Borrower or any Guarantor after the Petition Date or any material lease,
agreement, instrument or other undertaking entered into after the Petition Date
binding on the Borrower or the Guarantors or any of their properties, or (D)
result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the
property of any of the Borrower or the Guarantors other than the Liens granted
pursuant to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Orders; and do not
require the consent, authorization by or approval of or notice to or filing or
registration with any Governmental Authority (other than the entry of the
Orders). Upon entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order (or the Final
Order, when applicable), this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors. This Agreement is, and each of the
other Loan Documents to which the Borrower and each of the Guarantors is or will
be a party, when delivered hereunder or thereunder, will be, a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Borrower and each Guarantor, as the case may be,
enforceable against the Borrower and the Guarantors, as the case may be, in
accordance with its terms and the Orders.
5.3. STATEMENTS MADE. The statements, written or oral, which have
been made by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to the Agent, any of the
Lenders (solely in their capacity as a Lender hereunder) or to the Bankruptcy
Court in connection with any Loan Document, and any financial statement
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (other than to the extent that any such
statements constitute projections), taken as a whole and in light of the
circumstances in which made, contain no untrue statement of a material fact and
do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make such statements not
misleading; and, to the extent that any such written statements constitute
projections, such projections were prepared in good faith on the basis of
assumptions and information believed by the Borrower or such Guarantor to be
valid and accurate in all material respects at the time such projections were
furnished to the Lenders.
5.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Borrower has furnished the Lenders
with copies of the consolidated unaudited balance sheets of Holding and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as at October 25, 1997, and the related consolidated
unaudited statements of
<PAGE>
42
operations, changes in stockholder's equity and cash flows of Holding and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for the nine-month period then ended. All such
financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition of
Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such dates and the consolidated
results of their operations for the fiscal periods ended on such dates (subject
to year-end audit adjustments) all in accordance with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis. None of Holding or its consolidated Subsidiaries has on the
date hereof any material contingent liabilities not incurred in the ordinary
course of business, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term
commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable
commitments, except as referred to or provided in the balance sheet as at
October 25, 1997 referred to above or taxes accrued in the ordinary course of
business since such date. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.4, since October 25,
1997, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial
condition, operations, business or prospects taken as a whole, of the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries from that set forth in the financial statements
as at such date referred to above, other than (a) those which customarily occur
as a result of events leading up to and following the commencement of a
proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) the commencement of
the Cases.
5.5. SUBSIDIARIES, INVESTMENTS, ETC.
(a) Set forth in Part A of Schedule 5.5 is a complete and correct
list, as of the date hereof, of all of the Jobber Subsidiaries and the
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, together
with, for each such Subsidiary, (i) the jurisdiction of organization of such
Subsidiary, (ii) each Person holding ownership interests in such Subsidiary and
(iii) the nature of the ownership interests held by each such Person and the
percentage of ownership of such Subsidiary represented by such ownership
interests. Except as disclosed in Part A of Schedule 5.5 hereto, (x) each of the
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, free and clear of Liens, and has
the unencumbered right to vote, all outstanding ownership interests in each
Person shown to be held by it in Part A of Schedule 5.5 hereto, (y) all of the
issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each such Person organized as a
corporation is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (z) there are no
outstanding Equity Rights with respect to such Person.
(b) Set forth in Part B of Schedule 5.5 is a complete and correct
list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all investments (of the type referred
to in subsection 8.10) (other than investments disclosed in Part A of such
Schedule hereto) held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any Person
and, for each such investment, (x) the identity of the Person or Persons holding
such investment and (y) the nature of such investment. Except as disclosed in
Part B of Schedule 5.5 hereto, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns,
free and clear of all Liens, all such investments.
5.6. TITLE TO ASSETS; LIENS.
(a) The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will own and have
good and marketable title (subject only to Permitted Liens) to the Properties
shown to be owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the balance
sheet as at October 25, 1997 referred to in subsection 5.4). Each of the
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns and
<PAGE>
43
has on the date hereof good and marketable title to, and enjoys on the date
hereof peaceful and undisturbed possession of, all Properties (subject only to
Permitted Liens that are necessary for the operation and conduct of its
businesses).
(b) There are no Liens of any nature whatsoever on any assets of the
Borrower or any of the Guarantors other than: (i) Liens in favor of the Existing
Lenders as reflected on Schedule 5.6, (ii) pledges of the capital stock of the
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to the
Existing Credit Agreement as reflected on Schedule 5.6; (iii) Liens existing on
the Petition Date as reflected on Schedule 5.6; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v)
Liens in favor of the Agent and the Lenders and (vi) Liens in favor of the
Pre-Petition Agent and the Existing Lenders, granted pursuant to the Orders and
subsection 4.21(c). Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantors are parties to any
contract, agreement, lease or instrument entered into after the Petition Date
the performance of which, either unconditionally or upon the happening of an
event, will result in or require the creation of a Lien on any assets of the
Borrower or any Guarantor in violation of this Agreement.
5.7. APPROVALS. Except for the Interim Order (and the Final Order,
when applicable), no Authorizations of any Governmental Authority, or any
securities exchange, are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by
the Borrower or any Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any
such Guarantor is a party, or for the legality, validity or enforceability
hereof or thereof.
5.8. MATERIAL AGREEMENTS AND LIENS.
(a) Schedule 5.8 hereto is a complete and correct list, as of the
date of this Agreement, of each credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture,
purchase agreement, vendor supply agreement, guarantee, letter of credit or
other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any
extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) to, or guarantee
by, the Borrower or any of the Guarantors the aggregate principal or face amount
of which equals or exceeds (or may equal or exceed) $500,000, and the aggregate
principal or face amount outstanding or that may become outstanding under each
such arrangement is correctly described in such Schedule 5.8.
(b) Schedule 5.6 hereto is a complete and correct list, as of the
date of this Agreement, of each Lien securing Indebtedness of any Person the
aggregate principal or face amount of which equals or exceeds (or may equal or
exceed) $250,000 and covering any Property of the Borrower or any of the
Guarantors, and the aggregate Indebtedness secured (or that may be secured) by
each such Lien and the Property covered by each such Lien is correctly described
in Schedule 5.6.
5.9. THE ORDERS. On the date of the making of the initial Tranche A
Extension of Credit or the making of the initial Tranche B Loans hereunder, the
Interim Order shall have been entered and shall not have been stayed, amended,
vacated, reversed, rescinded or otherwise modified in any respect (except as
expressly permitted under this Agreement). On the date of the making of any Loan
or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Interim Order
<PAGE>
44
or the Final Order, as the case may be, shall have been entered and shall not
have been stayed, amended, reversed, vacated, rescinded or otherwise modified in
any respect.
5.10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is
in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any
judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, the
violation of which, or a default with respect to which, would have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, business, properties or
assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors taken as a whole.
5.11. USE OF PROCEEDS. The Tranche A Loans and the Letters of Credit
shall be used to fund Inventory purchases and for general corporate purposes of
the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement. Prior to the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, the proceeds
of the Tranche B Loans shall be used to fund Inventory purchases and for general
corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement and, on the Existing Lender Debt
Repayment Date, to repay in full the Existing Lender Debt.
5.12. LITIGATION. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.12, there are no
unstayed legal or arbitral proceedings, or any proceedings by or before any
governmental or regulatory authority or agency, pending or (to the knowledge of
the Borrower) threatened against the Borrower or any Guarantor which would have
a Material Adverse Effect or that seek to enjoin or delay any of the
transactions contemplated hereby.
5.13. FEDERAL REGULATIONS. No part of the proceeds of any Loans will
be used for "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective
meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation G or Regulation U of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time
hereafter in effect or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the
Regulations of such Board of Governors. If requested by any Lender or the Agent,
the Borrower will furnish to the Agent and each Lender a statement to the
foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-e or FR Form
U-1 referred to in said Regulation G or Regulation U, as the case may be.
5.14. TAXES. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are
members of an affiliated group of corporations filing consolidated returns for
Federal income tax purposes, of which Holding is the "common parent" (within the
meaning of Section 1504 of the Code). The Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries have filed or have requested from the appropriate taxing
authorities extensions to file (in each case, either directly or indirectly
through Holding) all tax returns that are required to be filed by the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries and have paid (either directly or indirectly
through Holding) all taxes shown to be due pursuant to such return or pursuant
to any assessment received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
and all other taxes, fees and other charges imposed by any Governmental
Authority as set forth on Schedule 5.6 or except for any taxes that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. The charges, accruals and
reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect
of taxes and other governmental charges are in accordance with GAAP and are, in
the opinion of the Borrower, adequate. The Borrower has not given or been
requested to give a waiver of the
<PAGE>
45
statue of limitations relating to the payment of Federal, state, local or
foreign taxes or other impositions.
5.15. ERISA. Each Plan, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, each
Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been
administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable
provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law, and no event
or condition has occurred and is continuing as to which the Borrower would be
under an obligation to furnish a report to the Lenders under subsection 7.2(h).
5.16. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors
has obtained all environmental, health and safety permits, licenses and other
authorizations required under all Environmental Laws to carry on its business as
now being or as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent failure to have
any such permit, license or authorization would not (either individually or in
the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of such permits, licenses
and authorizations is in full force and effect and each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors is in compliance with the terms and conditions thereof, and is also
in compliance with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards,
prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in
any applicable Environmental Law or in any regulation, code, plan, order,
decree, judgment, injunction, notice or demand letter issued, entered,
promulgated or approved thereunder, except to the extent failure to comply
therewith would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material
Adverse Effect. In addition, no notice, notification, demand, request for
information, citation, summons or order has been issued, no complaint has been
filed, no penalty has been assessed and no investigation or review is pending or
threatened by any governmental or other entity with respect to any alleged
failure by the Borrower or any Guarantor to have any environmental, health or
safety permit, license or other authorization required under any Environmental
Law in connection with the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any
Guarantor or with respect to any generation, treatment, storage, recycling,
transportation, discharge or disposal, or release of any Hazardous Materials
generated by the Borrower or any Guarantor, except to the extent any such matter
would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse
Effect. There have been no environmental investigations, studies, audits, tests,
reviews or other analyses conducted by or that are in the possession of the
Borrower or any Guarantor in relation to any site or facility now or previously
owned, operated or leased by the Borrower or any Guarantor that have not been
made available to the Lenders.
5.17. INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT;
OTHER REGULATIONS. Neither of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an
"investment company", or a company "controlled" by an "investment company",
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither
the Borrower nor any Guarantor is subject to regulation under any Federal or
State statute or regulation which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness,
except the continuing jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court in the Cases.
5.18. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. The Borrower and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames,
copyrights, technology,
<PAGE>
46
know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently
conducted except for those the failure to own or license which would not be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (the "INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY"). No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging
or questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or
effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does the Borrower know of
any valid basis for any such claim, and the use of such Intellectual Property by
the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of
any Person, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate,
would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.19. YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE PROGRAM. The Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries are in the process of implementing a year 2000 compliance program.
5.20. INSURANCE. All policies of insurance of any kind or nature
owned by or issued to the Borrower and the Guarantors, including, without
limitation, policies of life, fire, theft, product liability, public liability,
property damage, other casualty, employee fidelity, workers' compensation,
employee health and welfare, title, property and liability insurance, are in
full force and effect and are of a nature and provide such coverage as in the
reasonable opinion of the Borrower, is sufficient and as is customarily carried
by companies of the size and character of the Borrower and the Guarantors.
Except for any insurance relating to the real property or equipment leased by
the Borrower or any of the Guarantors which, pursuant to such real property or
equipment lease agreement, may not be made payable to the Agent or name the
Agent as an additional insured, all such (i) property insurance shall be payable
to the Agent as loss payee under a "standard" or "New York" loss payee clause
for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders and (ii) liability insurance shall
name the Agent as an additional insured for the benefit of the Agent and the
Lenders.
SECTION 6
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
6.1. CONDITIONS TO INITIAL LOANS AND INITIAL LETTERS OF CREDIT. The
obligation of each Lender or the Issuing Bank to make its initial Loan or issue
or participate in any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction,
immediately prior to or currently with making of such Loan or the issuance of
such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, on the Closing Date, of the following
conditions precedent:
(a) LOAN DOCUMENTS. The Agent shall have received (i) this
Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the
Borrower and each Guarantor, with a counterpart for each Lender and (ii)
for the account of each Lender, a Note or Notes (to the extent requested
in writing by such Lender) conforming to the requirements hereof and
executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.
(b) CORPORATE DOCUMENTS AND PROCEEDINGS. The Agent shall have
received for each of the Borrower and the Guarantors:
<PAGE>
47
(i) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of the
Borrower and each Guarantor, as amended, certified as of a recent
date by the Secretary of State of the state of its incorporation;
(ii) a certificate of such Secretary of State, dated as of a
recent date, as to the good standing of and payment of taxes by that
entity set forth in clause (i) above and as to the charter documents
on file in the office of such Secretary of State; and
(iii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of each entity set forth in clause (i) above dated the date of the
initial Loans or the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, whichever
first occurs, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, certifying (A)
that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of
that entity as in effect on the date of such certification, (B) that
attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions adopted
by the Board of Directors of that entity authorizing the Borrowings
and Letter of Credit extensions hereunder, the execution, delivery
and performance in accordance with their respective terms of this
Agreement, the Notes to be executed by it, the Loan Documents and
any other documents required or contemplated hereunder or
thereunder, the granting of the security interests contemplated
hereby, the filing of the Cases and any other matters as requested
by the Agent, (C) that the certificate of incorporation of that
entity has not been amended since the date of the last amendment
thereto indicated on the certificate of the Secretary of State
furnished pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency
and specimen signature of each officer of that entity executing this
Agreement, the Notes to be executed by it and the Loan Documents or
any other document delivered by it in connection herewith or
therewith (such certificate to contain a certification by another
officer of that entity as to the incumbency and signature of the
officer signing the certificate referred to in this clause (iii)).
(c) INTERIM ORDER. At the time of the making of the initial Loans or
at the time of the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit, whichever
first occurs but in any event no later than 15 days after the Petition
Date, the Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender, a copy
of the Interim Order approving the Loan Documents and granting the
Super-priority Claim status and Liens described in subsection 4.21 and
finding that the Lenders are extending credit to the Borrower in good
faith within the meaning of Section 364(e) of the Bankruptcy Code which
(i) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, the Lenders
and counsel to the Agent, (ii) shall have been entered upon an application
of the Borrower and the Guarantors reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent, (iii) shall be in full force and effect and (iv)
shall not have been stayed, reversed, vacated or rescinded or, without the
consent of the Required Lenders, modified or amended in any respect and,
if the Interim Order is the subject of a pending appeal in any respect,
neither the making of such Loans nor the issuance of such Letter of Credit
nor the performance by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of any of
their respective obligations hereunder or
<PAGE>
48
under the Loan Documents or under any other instrument or agreement
referred to herein shall be the subject of a presently effective stay
pending appeal. For the purposes of satisfying the condition precedent set
forth in subsection 6.3 to the making of the remaining Tranche B Loans on
the date of entry of the Final Order, the above references to the "Interim
Order" shall be deemed references to the "Final Order".
(d) PAYMENT OF FEES. The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent and
each Lender the then unpaid balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees and
expenses owed under and pursuant to this Agreement.
(e) ADEQUATE PROTECTION PAYMENT. The Borrower shall have paid all
accrued but unpaid interest on the Existing Lender Debt and all other
fees, costs and charges owing in respect thereof under the Existing Credit
Agreement.
(f) BUDGET. The Agent and the Lenders shall have received a budget
covering the period from the Petition Date through the Maturity Date and
other cash flow and financial projections that itemize on a monthly basis
all material expenditures proposed to be made during the term of this
Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and
the Financial Advisor.
(g) INFORMATION. The Agent and the Tranche A Lenders shall have
received such information (financial or otherwise) as may be reasonably
requested by the Agent or the Tranche A Lenders and the Agent and the
Tranche A Lenders shall have completed, and shall be satisfied with the
results of, all due diligence deemed necessary by each of them.
(h) OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE BORROWER. The Agent shall have
received, with a copy for each Lender, the following executed legal
opinions of counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, dated the date of
the initial Loans or the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit,
whichever first occurs:
(i) the executed legal opinion of Willkie Farr &
Gallagher, special counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1; and
(ii) the executed legal opinion of E. Eugene Lauver,
general counsel for the Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially
in the form of Exhibit C-2.
Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Agent may reasonably
require.
(i) CRISIS MANAGER. The Borrower shall have retained (subject to
Bankruptcy Court approval) the Crisis Manager to perform the functions set
forth in subsection 8.18 and the Agent and the Lenders shall have received
an engagement
<PAGE>
49
letter for the Crisis Manager in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent and the Required Lenders.
(j) FIRST DAY ORDERS. All orders submitted to the Bankruptcy Court
on or about the Petition Date shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, including providing for the continuation of the
pre-Petition Date cash management system of the Borrower and the
Guarantors with Chase.
(k) LIEN SEARCHES. The Agent shall have received Uniform Commercial
Code searches conducted in the jurisdictions in which the Borrower and the
Guarantors conduct business, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (dated
as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), reflecting the absence
of liens and encumbrances on the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors
other than Permitted Liens.
(l) WORKING CAPITAL CERTIFICATE. The Agent shall have received, with
a counterpart or conformed copy for each Lender, a Working Capital
Certificate certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as true and
correct in all material respects and setting forth the information to be
delivered pursuant to subsection 7.2(c).
(m) ADEQUATE PROTECTION. At the time of the making of the initial
Loans or at the time of the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit,
whichever first occurs but in any event no later than 15 days after the
Petition Date, the Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender,
a copy of an order or orders of the Bankruptcy Court in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent pursuant to Section 363(c)(2)(B) of
the Bankruptcy Code providing for Super-priority Claims, Liens and other
adequate protection contemplated by subsection 4.21(c), which Order shall
be in full force and effect and shall not have been stayed, reversed,
vacated, rescinded, modified or amended in any respect. The Liens and
claims described in this subsection, and the other rights granted in
respect of the use of the Existing Lenders' Cash Collateral, may be
contained in one or more of the Orders.
(n) INVENTORY. The Agent shall be satisfied that the Inventory of
the Borrower is located at such places and in the amounts heretofore
represented by the Borrower to the Agent.
(o) INSURANCE. The Agent shall have received evidence in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to it that all of the requirements of
subsection 5.20 shall have been satisfied.
6.2. CONDITIONS TO EACH LOAN AND EACH LETTER OF CREDIT. The
obligation of the Lenders to make each Tranche A Extension of Credit, including
the initial Tranche A Extension of Credit, is subject to the following
conditions precedent:
(a) NOTICE. The Agent shall have received a borrowing notice (of the
type described in subsection 2.2) or the Issuing Bank shall have received
an L/C Application, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.
<PAGE>
50
(b) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All representations and
warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or
otherwise made in writing in connection herewith or therewith shall be
true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of each
Tranche A Borrowing or of the issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder
with the same effect as if made on and as of such date (unless stated to
relate to a specific earlier date, in which case, such representations and
warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such
earlier date), including that there shall not have occurred any Material
Adverse Effect since the Petition Date.
(c) NO DEFAULT OR EVENT OF DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing on such Borrowing Date or after
giving effect to such Loan to be made or such Letter of Credit to be
issued on such Borrowing Date.
(d) BANKRUPTCY COURT APPROVAL. The Interim Order shall be in full
force and effect and shall not have been stayed, reversed, vacated,
rescinded, modified or amended in any respect or, if the date of such
requested Tranche A Extension of Credit is more than 30 days after the
Closing Date or if the amount of such requested Tranche A Extension of
Credit, when added to the amount of Total Tranche A Outstandings, would
exceed the maximum amount authorized pursuant to the Interim Order, the
Final Order shall have been entered, which Final Order shall be in full
force and effect, shall not have been stayed, reversed, vacated or
rescinded or, without the consent of the Required Lenders, modified or
amended in any respect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent, the Tranche A Lenders and counsel to the Agent and, if the
Interim Order or the Final Order, as the case may be, is the subject of a
pending appeal in any respect, neither the making of such Tranche A
Extension of Credit nor the performance by the Borrower of any of its
obligations hereunder or under the Loan Documents or under any other
instrument or agreement referred to herein or therein shall be the subject
of a then effective stay pending appeal.
(e) BORROWING CERTIFICATE. In the case of each Tranche A Extension
of Credit, the Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender, a
certificate (a "BORROWING CERTIFICATE") executed by a Responsible Officer
of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, certifying that
(i) the proposed Tranche A Extension of Credit and its intended use are
consistent with the terms of this Agreement and are necessary, after
utilization and application of the Borrower's and the Guarantors'
available cash, in order to satisfy the Borrower's obligations in the
ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under this
Agreement, (ii) the Borrower and each Guarantor has observed or performed
all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied in all material
respects every condition, contained in this Agreement and the Interim
Order or the Final Order (as applicable) to be observed, performed or
satisfied by the Borrower or such Guarantor, (iii) if the requested
Tranche A Extension of Credit is a Tranche A Loan, the making of such
Tranche A Loan would not cause the then outstanding aggregate Tranche A
Loans to exceed the
<PAGE>
51
then applicable Maximum Outstanding Amount and (d) such officer has no
knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such
Borrowing Certificate.
(f) PAYMENT OF FEES. The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent and
the Lenders the then unpaid balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees,
expenses and other amounts then due and payable under and pursuant to this
Agreement.
(g) TRANCHE B UTILIZATION. In the case of any Tranche A Extension of
Credit on or after the date of entry of the Final Order, the Tranche B
Commitments shall have been utilized to borrow Tranche B Loans to pay in
full the Existing Lender Debt.
(h) YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE PROGRAM. The Agent shall be reasonably
satisfied with the Borrower's year 2000 compliance program.
The request by the Borrower for, and the acceptance by the Borrower of, each
Tranche A Extension of Credit hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation
and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in this subsection
for the making of such Tranche A Extension of Credit shall have been satisfied
at that time.
6.3. CONDITIONS TO REMAINING TRANCHE B LOANS. The obligation of the
Lenders to utilize the remaining Tranche B Commitments to make Tranche B Loans
on the date of the entry of the Final Order shall be subject to satisfaction of
the condition precedent contained in subsection 6.1(c), as deemed modified by
the last sentence thereof.
SECTION 7
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders and the Agent
that, so long as any Commitments remain in effect, any Note or any Letter of
Credit Outstandings remain outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing
to any Lender or the Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, the
Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information,
reports and notices) shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:
7.1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Furnish to each Lender:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 90 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the
consolidated balance sheet of Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of
operations, changes in common stockholders' equity and cash flows for such
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the
previous year, reported on without a "going concern" or like qualification
or exception (other than with respect to the Cases), or qualification
arising out of the
<PAGE>
52
scope of the audit, by Coopers & Lybrand or other independent certified
public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days
after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal
year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holding
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the
related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, changes in common
stockholders' equity and cash flows of Holding and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through
the end of such quarter, setting forth, in the case of such consolidated
balance sheet, in comparative form the figures as at the end of the
previous fiscal year and, in the case of such consolidated statements of
operations and cash flows, in comparative form the figures for the
corresponding period of the previous fiscal year, certified by a
Responsible Officer of Holding and the Borrower as being fairly stated in
all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit and other
adjustments); and
(c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 20
Business Days after the end of each fiscal month of each fiscal year of
the Borrower, a copy of the unaudited consolidated and consolidating
balance sheets of Holding and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end
of such month and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating
statement of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows, setting
forth, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, in comparative form
the budgeted figures (as adjusted consistent with past practice) for the
relevant period and the figures as at the end of the corresponding fiscal
month of the previous fiscal year and, in the case of such consolidated
statements of operations and cash flows, in comparative form the budgeted
figures (as adjusted consistent with past practice) for the relevant
period and the figures for the corresponding fiscal month of the previous
year, certified by a Responsible Officer of Holding and the Borrower as
being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end
audit and other adjustments);
all such financial statements shall be (and, in the case of financial statements
delivered pursuant to subsections 7.1(b) and (c) above, shall be certified by a
Responsible Officer of Holding and the Borrower as being) complete and correct
in all material respects in conformity with GAAP and shall be (and, in the case
of financial statements delivered pursuant to subsections 7.1(b) and (c) above,
shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holding and the Borrower as
being) prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods
(except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and
disclosed therein, and except, in the case of the financial statements delivered
pursuant to subsections 7.1(b) and (c), for the absence of certain notes).
<PAGE>
53
7.2. CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION. Furnish to the Agent and each
Lender:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsection 7.1(a), a certificate of the independent
certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements
stating that in making the audit necessary therefor no knowledge was
obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such
certificate;
(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsections 7.1(a), (b) and (c), a certificate of a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) stating that, to the best of such
Officer's knowledge, the Borrower during such period has observed or
performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every
condition, contained in this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party to be observed, performed or satisfied by
it, and that such Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate
and (ii) setting forth the calculations required to determine compliance
with the covenants set forth in subsections 8.1(a) and 8.9;
(c) on or prior to the fifteenth Business Day following the tenth
and twenty-fifth days of each calendar month, a certificate in the form of
Exhibit F-1 hereto (a "WORKING CAPITAL CERTIFICATE"), certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower as true and correct, setting forth the
Excess Working Capital and the amount of each of the elements thereof, in
each case as of such tenth or twenty-fifth day of such calendar month (or
in the case of January, as of the tenth and the last Saturday of January),
as applicable, including an aging schedule of Accounts. In addition, the
Borrower shall furnish to the Agent the information set forth in Exhibit
F-2 hereto, with any deviations therefrom to be approved by the Agent,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;
(d) to the Agent with a copy for each Lender, each Wednesday,
commencing on the first Wednesday following the Closing Date, (i) a
forecast of the consolidated cash flow clearings, cash balances at Chase
and line availability of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
the period of four consecutive calendar weeks beginning in the week in
which the applicable Wednesday occurs together with a comparison of the
actual cash flows, cash balances and line availability of the Borrower and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding week to the most
recently forecasted cash flows of the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the week in which such Wednesday occurs, (ii) a Jobber
count report, and (iii) for the week ending the prior Saturday (A) a net
sales flash report, (B) a Distribution Center service level report and (C)
a post-Petition Date trade payables report, in each case with respect to
this clause (iii), substantially in the form delivered to the Financial
Advisor prior to the Petition Date.;
(e) within five days after the same are sent, copies of all
financial statements and reports which Holding or the Borrower sends to
its securityholders, and within five days after the same are filed, copies
of all financial statements and periodic
<PAGE>
54
reports which Holding or the Borrower may file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any successor Governmental Authority;
(f) concurrently with the delivery of the monthly financial
statements referred to in subsection 7.1(c), a report certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent (i) setting forth, for each Obligor to whom AFCO has made advances,
loans, extensions of credit or capital contributions or for whom AFCO has
arranged a Letter of Credit which are outstanding at such time, (A) the
original amount of such advance, loan, extension of credit, capital
contribution or Letter of Credit, (B) the amount of such advance, loan,
extension of credit, capital contribution or Letter of Credit then
outstanding and (C) the amount of any such advance, loan, extension of
credit, capital contribution or the obligation in respect of which such
Letter of Credit has been issued which is then past due and owing, and in
each case showing the aggregate amounts for all such Obligors, (ii)
setting forth a principal and interest aging analysis with respect to the
aggregate amount of all such advances, loans or extensions of credit,
(iii) setting forth the aggregate amount of post-Petition Date AFCO
Investments made and DC Notes issued during the applicable month and
during the period from February 1, 1998 to the end of such month (and the
outstanding principal balance of the DC Notes) and (iv) demonstrating
compliance with subsection 8.11 as of the end of such month;
(g) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsection 7.1(a), a report certified by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
setting forth the aggregate amount of all losses realized or recorded by
AFCO during the period covered by such financial statements with respect
to loans or other extensions of credit made by AFCO;
(h) as soon as possible, and in any event within ten days after the
Borrower knows or has reason to believe that any of the events or
conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan
has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a Responsible Officer
setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action,
if any, that the Borrower or its ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with
respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to be filed
with or given to PBGC by the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate with respect
to such event or condition):
(i) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan
(other than a reportable event described in Section 4043(c)(10) of
ERISA), as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the
requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within
30 days of the occurrence of such event (PROVIDED that a failure to
meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code or
Section 302 of ERISA, including, without limitation, the failure to
make on or before its due date a required installment under Section
412(m) of the Code or Section 302(e) of ERISA, shall be a reportable
event regardless
<PAGE>
55
of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of
the Code); and any request for a waiver under Section 412(d) of the
Code for any Plan;
(ii) the distribution under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice
of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by the Borrower
or an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;
(iii) the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section
4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a
trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such
action has been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer
Plan;
(iv) the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer
Plan by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate that results in
liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the
obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser
default) or the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of
notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or
insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it
intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;
(v) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any
Multiemployer Plan against the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to
enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed
within 30 days; and
(vi) the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant
to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, would
result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such
Plan is a part if the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate fails to timely
provide security to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of
such Sections;
(i) promptly after the Borrower knows or has reason to believe that
any Default or Event of Default has occurred, a notice of such Default or
Event of Default describing the same in reasonable detail and, together
with such notice or as soon thereafter as possible, a certificate of a
Responsible Officer as to the action that the Borrower has taken or
proposes to take with respect thereto;
(j) promptly following the delivery thereof to the Borrower or
Holding, or the Board of Directors or management of the Borrower or
Holding, a copy of any management letter or report by independent public
accountants with respect to the financial condition, operations, business
or prospects of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(k) from time to time such other information regarding the financial
condition, operations, business or prospects of the Borrower or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan and any
<PAGE>
56
reports or other information required to be filed under ERISA) as the
Agent may reasonably request;
(l) to counsel to the Agent, promptly after the same is available,
copies of all pleadings, motions, applications, judicial information,
financial information and other documents filed by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any of the Guarantors with the Bankruptcy Court or the United
States Trustee in the Cases, or distributed by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any of the Guarantors to any official committee appointed in
the Cases; and
(m) promptly upon request, such additional financial and other
information as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably
request.
7.3. PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. Except as excused by the Bankruptcy
Code or by an applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court, pay, discharge or
otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the
case may be, all its obligations of whatever nature that constitute
administrative expenses under Section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code in the
Cases, except, so long as no material Property or assets (other than money for
such obligation and the interest or penalty accruing thereon) of the Borrower or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in danger of being lost or forfeited as a
result thereof, no such obligation need be paid if the amount or validity
thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on
the books of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be.
7.4. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE. Continue to
engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it, preserve,
renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all
reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or
desirable in the normal conduct of its business except as otherwise permitted
pursuant to subsection 8.5, and subject to the effect of the Cases, comply with
all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that
failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect.
7.5. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE. Keep all Property useful
and necessary in its business in good working order and condition; maintain with
financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its
Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including
in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as
are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the
same or a similar business; and furnish to the Agent, upon written request, full
information as to the insurance carried.
7.6. INSPECTION OF PROPERTY; BOOKS AND RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS. Keep
proper books of records and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in
conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings
and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and permit
representatives of the Agent and any Lender to visit and inspect any of its
Properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and
<PAGE>
57
records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to
discuss the business, operations, Properties and financial and other condition
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public
accountants.
7.7. NOTICES. Promptly give notice to the Agent, with a copy for
each Lender of:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) any (i) default or event of default under any post-Petition Date
Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may
exist at any time between the Borrower or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, which in either case, if not
cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could have a
Material Adverse Effect;
(c) any post-Petition Date litigation or proceeding affecting the
Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which the amount
involved is $500,000 or more and not covered by insurance or in which
injunctive or similar relief is sought; and
(d) any material adverse change in the business, operations,
property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, other than changes which
result solely from the commencement of the Cases.
Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein
and stating what action the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect
thereto.
7.8. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. (a) Comply with, and use its best efforts
to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable
Environmental Laws and obtain and comply in all material respects with and
maintain, and use its best efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants
obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all
licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by
applicable Environmental Laws.
(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and
testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under
Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful
orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental
Laws.
(c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and the Lenders,
and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against
any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements,
damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown,
contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way
<PAGE>
58
relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any
Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower, any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or the Properties, or any orders, requirements or
demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorney's and consultant's fees, investigation and
laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to
the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor. The agreements
in this paragraph shall survive repayment of the Notes and all other amounts
payable hereunder.
7.9. COLLATERAL AUDIT. Permit employees, representatives and/or
agents of the Agent, from time to time at the Agent's reasonable request, during
normal business hours, to enter into the premises of the Borrower and the
Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct an audit of the assets of the Borrower and
the Restricted Subsidiaries that comprise the Collateral, the reasonable cost
and expense of which will be borne by the Borrower; PROVIDED that, so long as no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no more than two such
requests shall be made during the initial term of this Agreement.
7.10. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. Comply in all material respects with the
applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, the failure of which would result
in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11. LITIGATION AND OTHER MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS. The Borrower will
promptly give to each Lender notice (as soon as it knows or has reason to know
thereof) of:
(a) any pending or threatened litigation involving the Borrower or
any Guarantor which would have a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) all other legal or arbitral proceedings, and all other
proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority, and any material
development in respect of such legal or other proceedings, involving the
Borrower or any Guarantor, except proceedings which, if adversely
determined, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.12. INSURANCE. Maintain with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies, and with respect to Property and risks of a character
usually maintained by corporations engaged in the same or similar business
similarly situated, insurance against loss, damage and liability of the kinds
and in the amounts (and with such deductibles) customarily maintained by such
corporations, including, without limitation, property damage that names the
Agent as the loss payee of any such policy covering damage to tangible property
of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
7.13. FURTHER ASSURANCES. At the cost and expense of the Borrower,
execute and file all such further documents and instruments, and perform such
other acts, as the Agent may reasonably determine are necessary or advisable to
maintain the Liens granted to the Agent in connection with this Agreement and
the Orders and to maintain the priority of such Liens purported to be granted
pursuant to this Agreement and the Orders. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Borrower and the Guarantors shall assist the Agent and
<PAGE>
59
the Lenders in the preparation and filing of any Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements reasonably requested by the Agent.
7.14. NEW FACILITY. If the Tranche A Loans are refinanced on or
before the Maturity Date pursuant to a new facility (the "NEW FACILITY"), then
the Maturity Date of the Tranche B Loans shall be automatically extended until
the earliest to occur of (i) the stated maturity of the New Facility, (ii) the
Termination Date or (iii) the effective date of a Reorganization Plan, PROVIDED
that (a) on the closing date of the New Facility, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing under this Agreement, (b) the Borrower
shall have given the Lenders a reasonable opportunity to continue to provide
post-petition financing on terms no less favorable than as contemplated by the
New Facility, (c) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent and the Tranche
B Lenders a new budget (and proposed financial covenants) for the period through
such new stated maturity, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Financial Advisor and the Agent and (d) either (x) the Required Tranche B
Lenders shall have consented to the New Facility or (y) the Bankruptcy Court
shall have approved the New Facility and determined (after giving effect to any
relief granted by the Bankruptcy Court in connection with such approval) that
the Tranche B Lenders' rights in respect of the Tranche B Loans, Liens and
Super-priority Claims are not then, and will not be, adversely affected by (and
will otherwise be adequately protected after giving effect to) the substitution
of the New Facility for the Tranche A Loans.
SECTION 8
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain
in effect, any Note or any Letter of Credit Outstandings remain outstanding and
unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Lender or the Agent hereunder or
under any other Loan Document, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (and in the case of
subsection 8.20, Holding agrees that, during such period, it shall not directly
or indirectly):
8.1. FINANCIAL CONDITION COVENANTS.
(a) EBITDA. Permit EBITDA of Holding and its consolidated
Subsidiaries, on a rolling cumulative basis for the period from February 1, 1998
through the last day of each fiscal month of the Borrower set forth below, to be
less than the amount specified opposite such month:
PERIOD ENDING EBITDA
February 1998 ($ 8,000,000)
March 1998 ($10,000,000)
April 1998 ($12,000,000)
May 1998 ($12,000,000)
June 1998 ($12,000,000)
<PAGE>
60
July 1998 ($11,000,000)
August 1998 ($ 9,000,000)
September 1998 ($ 8,000,000)
October 1998 ($ 7,000,000)
November 1998 ($ 6,000,000)
December 1998 ($ 6,000,000)
January 1999 ($ 4,000,000)
(b) EXCESS WORKING CAPITAL. Permit Excess Working Capital,
calculated based on figures contained in the most recent Working Capital
Certificate, at any time during each month set forth below to be less than the
amount specified opposite such month:
PERIOD ENDING EXCESS WORKING CAPITAL
February 1998 $121,000,000
March 1998 $108,000,000
April 1998 $102,000,000
May 1998 $100,000,000
June 1998 $ 98,000,000
July 1998 $ 96,000,000
August 1998 $ 96,000,000
September 1998 $ 94,000,000
October 1998 $ 94,000,000
November 1998 $ 93,000,000
December 1998 $ 89,000,000
January 1999 $ 83,000,000
; PROVIDED that the Working Capital Certificates delivered in respect of
February 10, 1998 and March 10, 1998 shall be for informational purposes only
and shall not be used for purposes of determining compliance with this
subsection 8.1(b).
8.2. LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness of the Borrower outstanding on the Petition Date
and reflected on Schedule 8.2(b), but excluding the refinancing of any
such Indebtedness;
(c) Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the date hereof secured by
purchase money Liens, and Indebtedness evidenced by capitalized leases, in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time
outstanding;
(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurred to finance the premiums for insurance policies in an
aggregate principal
<PAGE>
61
amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding, or representing
obligations in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts or
reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts incurred or paid by an
insurance company under any insurance program in effect on the date hereof
or instituted after the date hereof consistent with past practice;
(e) Indebtedness constituting Guarantee Obligations permitted
pursuant to clause (ii) of subsection 8.4; and
(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Guarantor, or any Guarantor
to the Borrower or any other Guarantor; PROVIDED that any such material
Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note which shall be
pledged collaterally to the Agent.
8.3. LIMITATION ON LIENS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, except for:
(a) Liens existing on the Petition Date and listed on Schedule 5.6;
(b) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
repairmen's, landlord's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days
or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c) pledges, deposits or other Liens in connection with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security benefits;
(d) Liens imposed by any Governmental Authority for taxes,
assessments or charges not yet due or that are being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings if, unless the amount thereof is not
material with respect to its financial condition, adequate reserves with
respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or the
affected Guarantors, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;
(e) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts
(other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and
appeal bonds, performance bonds, replevin bonds, and other obligations of
a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(f) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not in any case
materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary;
(g) deposits for the benefit of trade vendors to secure the payment
of the purchase price of Inventory of the Borrower or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;
<PAGE>
62
(h) Liens created pursuant to this Agreement and the Orders;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted
Subsidiaries permitted by subsection 8.2(c) incurred to finance the
acquisition of fixed or capital assets, PROVIDED that (i) such Liens
securing such Indebtedness do not at any time encumber any property other
than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) except as to
capitalized leases, the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by any
such Lien shall at no time exceed 100% of the original purchase price of
such assets; and
(j) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted
Subsidiaries permitted by subsection 8.2(d) incurred to finance the
premiums for insurance policies, PROVIDED that such Liens are limited to
the premiums financed with such Indebtedness.
8.4. LIMITATION ON GUARANTEE OBLIGATIONS. Create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Guarantee Obligation except (i) Guarantee Obligations in
existence on the Petition Date and listed on Schedule 8.4, (ii) Guarantee
Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practices relating to inventory and merchandise repurchase agreements with
operators of automotive parts warehouses or stores (including Jobber
Subsidiaries) or third party creditors of such operators and (iii) Guarantee
Obligations otherwise permitted under this Agreement.
8.5. LIMITATION ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. Enter into any merger,
consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or
suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer
or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its property, business or
assets, except:
(a) Any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or
consolidated with or into the Borrower (PROVIDED that the Borrower shall
be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any one or
more wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower (PROVIDED that
the wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary or Subsidiaries shall be the
continuing or surviving corporation); and
(b) any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary
liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any other wholly owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower.
8.6. LIMITATION ON SALE OF ASSETS. Convey, sell, lease, assign,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets
(including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests), whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) the sale or other disposition in the ordinary course of business
of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
or property no longer necessary or useful in the conduct of its business;
<PAGE>
63
(b) the sale or other disposition of any property (including
Inventory of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and returned
Inventory) in the ordinary course of business; and
(c) one or more Asset Sales by the Borrower or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that (i) the Net Cash Proceeds of all such Asset
Sales after the Closing Date do not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate and
(ii) all Net Cash Proceeds of any such Asset Sales are applied in
accordance with subsection 4.8(d).
8.7. LIMITATION ON LEASES. Enter into any agreement, or be or become
liable under any agreement after the Closing Date (excluding any renewals of any
such agreement existing as of the Petition Date), for the lease, hire or similar
use of any real or personal property, except for any such agreement in the
nature of an operating lease the execution and performance of which would not
cause, when added to all similar agreements entered into on or after of the
Closing Date and still in effect, Consolidated Lease Expense of the Borrower and
its Restricted Subsidiaries to exceed $3,000,000.
8.8. LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF CAPITAL STOCK AND DIVIDENDS. Issue
any shares of Capital Stock of the Borrower, or declare or pay any dividend on,
or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other
analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other
acquisition of, any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any
warrants or options to purchase any such Capital Stock, whether now or hereafter
outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly
or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary; PROVIDED that the Borrower may pay cash dividends to Holding in
an amount sufficient to allow Holding to pay expenses incurred in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice.
8.9. LIMITATION ON CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Make or commit to make any
Capital Expenditures (excluding any expenses incurred in connection with normal
replacement and maintenance programs properly charged to current operations) at
any time during each of the periods set forth below, on an aggregate basis for
the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, in excess of the amount set
forth opposite such period:
PERIOD AMOUNT
February 1, 1998 - April 25, 1998 $1,950,000
February 1, 1998 - July 25, 1998 $3,900,000
February 1, 1998 - October 25, 1998 $5,850,000
February 1, 1998 - January 25, 1999 $7,800,000
8.10. LIMITATION ON INVESTMENTS, LOANS AND ADVANCES. Make any
advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase any
stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of or any assets
constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment (each an
"INVESTMENT") in, any Person, except:
<PAGE>
64
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Investments in Cash Equivalents;
(c) Investments in existence on the Petition Date and listed on
Schedule 5.5;
(d) loans, advances, extensions of credit or capital contributions
made by AFCO, in accordance with subsection 8.11, or made by the Borrower
or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and promptly assigned to AFCO
and maintained by AFCO in accordance with subsection 8.11, and any DC
Notes permitted under subsection 8.11;
(e) (A) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees of
the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) in the ordinary
course of business for travel and entertainment expenses, (ii) existing on
the date hereof and described in Schedule 5.5, (iii) made after the
Closing Date for relocation expenses, not to exceed $1,000,000 in the
aggregate outstanding at any time and (iv) relating to indemnification or
reimbursement of any officers, directors or employees in respect of
liabilities relating to their serving in any such capacity and (B) other
loans and advances, approved by any Responsible Officer of the Borrower,
to officers, directors or employees of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any
time;
(f) Investments by the Borrower in its wholly owned Restricted
Subsidiaries and by such Restricted Subsidiaries in the Borrower and in
other Restricted Subsidiaries;
(g) subject to subsection 8.14, operating and deposit accounts with
banks; and
(h) deposits in connection with office or store leases in the
ordinary course of business.
8.11. LOANS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS BY AFCO. Permit AFCO to make (or
have assigned to it in accordance with subsection 8.10(d)) any advance,
loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or incur any
Guarantee Obligations permitted under subsection 8.4 in respect of loans
by third parties to, any of its Obligors, or arrange for a Standby L/C to
be issued pursuant to subsection 3.2(a) to support obligations of any of
the Borrower's or its Restricted Subsidiaries' Obligors (collectively, the
"AFCO INVESTMENTS"), or permit DC Notes except for (i) AFCO Investments
and DC Notes in existence on the Petition Date and listed on Schedule 8.11
and (ii) post-Petition Date AFCO Investments in an aggregate amount
outstanding at any time during each of the periods set forth below not to
exceed, when added to the aggregate outstanding amount of post-Petition
Date DC Notes, the amount specified opposite such period:
<PAGE>
65
PERIOD AMOUNT
February 1, 1998 - April 25, 1998 $1,750,000
February 1, 1998 - July 25, 1998 $3,500,000
February 1, 1998 - October 25, 1998 $5,250,000
February 1, 1998 - January 25, 1999 $7,000,000.
8.12. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. (a) Sell or transfer any
property or assets to, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any
of its Affiliates (provided that the Lenders may enter into this Agreement and
the Borrower and the Guarantors and the Lenders shall not be deemed Affiliates
for this purpose) except that the Borrower or any Guarantor may engage in any
such transaction in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and
conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Guarantor than could be
obtained on an arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties or (b) pay any
consulting or management fees to any Affiliate.
8.13. LINES OF BUSINESS. Engage to any substantial extent in any
line or lines of business activity other than businesses of the same general
type as those in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date
of this Agreement or which are related thereto.
8.14. CASH MANAGEMENT; CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT. (a) Fail to maintain a
system of cash management that concentrates funds on a daily basis in the
Concentration Account similar in all material respects to the pre-Petition Date
cash management system of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except
as otherwise approved by the Agent and the Required Lenders. In connection with
the maintenance of the foregoing, the Borrower shall seek the entry of
appropriate first day orders, satisfactory to the Agent and the Required
Lenders, providing for the continuation and, to the extent necessary,
modification, of such pre-Petition Date cash management system.
(b) Fail to cause the proceeds of any Collateral received from the
operation of the businesses of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or
otherwise (but excluding trust monies or other cash of which the Borrower or a
Restricted Subsidiary is not the beneficial owner, including sales tax receipts,
401(k) plan employee moneys and similar items) (i) to be deposited into an
account set forth on Schedule 8.14 or into an account in an institution which
has entered into a depositary agreement or lockbox agreement with, and in form
and substance satisfactory to, the Agent, and (ii) to be concentrated in the
Concentration Account within two Business Days after such proceeds become
available funds.
8.15. CHAPTER 11 CLAIMS. Except for the Carve-Out or as permitted
pursuant to subsection 7.14, incur, create, assume, suffer to exist or permit
any other Super-priority Claim or Lien which is PARI PASSU with or senior to the
claims of (a) the Agent and the Lenders granted pursuant to this Agreement and
the Orders or (b) other than for claims referenced in clause (a), the
Pre-Petition Agent and the Existing Lenders granted pursuant to subsection
4.21(c) and the Interim Order.
<PAGE>
66
8.16. RECLAMATION CLAIMS; BANKRUPTCY CODE SS. 546(G) AGREEMENTS. (a)
Unless otherwise agreed by the Required Tranche A Lenders, make any payments or
transfer any property on account of claims asserted by any vendors of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary for reclamation in accordance with UCC Section 2-702
and Section 546(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
(b) Unless otherwise agreed by the Required Tranche A Lenders, enter
into any agreements or file any motion seeking a Bankruptcy Court order for the
return of Inventory to any vendor pursuant to Section 546(g)* of the Bankruptcy
Code.
8.17. USE OF PROCEEDS. (a) Use the proceeds of any Tranche A
Extensions of Credit or the Tranche B Loans for purposes not permitted by this
Agreement or (b) use any portion of the Loans, Letters of Credit, the Existing
Lenders' Cash Collateral, the Carve-Out or the Collateral to (i) assert any
claims or commence or prosecute any action against the Existing Lenders or the
Pre-Petition Agent, (ii) object to or contest in any manner, or raise any
defense to (A) the claims of the Existing Lenders against the Borrower and the
Guarantors or the Existing Lenders' Liens which secure the Existing Obligations,
(B) the Super-priority Claim or Liens granted to the Agent and the Lenders
pursuant to this Agreement and the Orders or (C) the Super-priority Claim or
Liens granted to the Pre-Petition Agent and the Existing Lenders pursuant to
subsection 4.21(c) and the Interim Order.
8.18. CRISIS MANAGER. Fail to employ, or fail to continue the
employment of, the Crisis Manager to take principal responsibility for, among
other things, (i) the management and Chapter 11 reorganization of the business
and affairs of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) ensuring that
the proceeds of the Loans and other funds available to the Borrower or its
Restricted Subsidiaries are disbursed in accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement and, after the preparation and approval thereof
pursuant to subsection 8.19, the Business Plan; (iii) the formulation of the
Business Plan; and (iv) the preparation and delivery of financial reporting and
other materials to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or
otherwise, and to cause the Crisis Manager to be reasonably available to the
Agent, the Lenders and their advisors to discuss the development and
implementation of the Business Plan, the results of operations and other matters
related to its role as Crisis Manager.
8.19. BUSINESS PLAN. Fail to furnish to the Agent, with a copy for
each Lender, on or before May 4, 1998, a three-year strategic business plan for
the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, detailing for the period covered
by such plan, among other things, facility closures, asset sales, cost reduction
initiatives, revenue enhancement initiatives, inventory reduction initiatives,
projected financial and operating performance on a period-by-period basis, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Tranche A Lenders
(the "BUSINESS PLAN").
8.20. LIMITATION ON HOLDING'S ACTIVITIES. (a) Conduct, transact or
otherwise engage, or commit to transact, conduct or otherwise engage, in any
business or operations except (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents and the provision of administrative, legal, accounting and management
services to the Borrower and its
<PAGE>
67
Subsidiaries, (ii) the ownership of the capital stock of the Borrower, and the
exercise of rights and performance of obligations in connection therewith and
(iii) as otherwise consistent with past practice or (b) own, lease, manage or
otherwise operate any properties or assets other than in connection with the
activities permitted by clause (a).
SECTION 9
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
If one or more of the following events (herein called "EVENTS OF
DEFAULT") shall occur and be continuing:
(a) The Borrower shall fail to (i) pay any principal of any Note
under this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to
subsection 4.8 hereof, when due in accordance with the terms thereof or
hereof or to reimburse the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection 3.1
hereof or (ii) pay any interest on any Note or under this Agreement, or
any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document,
within two Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes
due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or
(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary herein or in any other Loan Document or which
is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement
furnished at any time under or in connection with this Agreement shall
prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date
made or deemed made; or
(c) The Borrower or any Guarantor shall default in the observance or
performance of any agreement contained in subsection 7.14 or Section 8
hereof; or
(d) The Borrower or any Guarantor shall default in the observance or
performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c)
of this Section 9), and such default shall continue unremedied for a
period of 10 days; or
(e) (i) Any of the Cases shall be dismissed or converted to a case
under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) a trustee under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code shall be appointed in any of the Cases; or
(f) (i) Unless all the Lenders otherwise agree, an order of the
Bankruptcy Court shall be entered granting another Super-priority Claim or
Lien PARI PASSU with or senior to that granted (x) to the Agent and the
Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the Orders, or (y) to the Existing
Lenders pursuant to the Interim Order (other than pursuant to clause (x)
above), (ii) an order of a court of competent jurisdiction shall be
entered reversing, staying, vacating or rescinding either of the Orders,
(iii) an order of a court of competent jurisdiction shall be entered
amending, supplementing or otherwise modifying either of the Orders (x) in
respect of the Total Tranche A
<PAGE>
68
Outstandings or the Total Tranche A Commitment, without the Agent's and
the Required Tranche A Lenders' consent, (y) in respect of the Tranche B
Loans, without the Agent's and the Required Tranche B Lender's consent, or
(z) in respect of the grant of adequate protection pursuant to subsection
4.21(c) or the Interim Order, without the Pre-Petition Agent's and the
Required Lenders' consent, or (iv) the Existing Lender's Cash Collateral
shall be used in a manner inconsistent with the Interim Order; or
(g) An order of the Bankruptcy Court shall be entered in any of the
Cases appointing an examiner having enlarged powers relating to the
operation of the business of the Borrower and the Guarantors (powers
beyond those set forth under Sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy
Code) under Section 1106(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; or
(h) The Borrower or any Guarantor shall make any payments of
Indebtedness relating to pre-Petition Date obligations other than (i) as
permitted under the Orders or the orders referred to in subsection 6.1(j),
(ii) pre-petition wages and benefits which are payable with the approval
of the Bankruptcy Court and sales tax and employee withholding taxes which
have been collected by the Borrower but not yet paid, (iii) as otherwise
permitted under this Agreement or (iv) in connection with the assumption
of any contract or lease approved by the Bankruptcy Court; or
(i) The entry of an order granting relief from the automatic stay so
as to allow a third party to proceed against any asset or assets of the
Borrower or any Guarantor which have a value in excess of $1,000,000 in
the aggregate; or
(j) The filing of any pleading by the Borrower or any Guarantor
seeking, or otherwise consenting to, any of the matters set forth in
paragraphs (e) through (i); or
(k) There shall occur any event after the Petition Date which
results in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(l) The entry of the Final Order shall not have occurred within 30
days after the Petition Date; or
(m) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered after the
Petition Date against the Borrower or any Subsidiary involving in the
aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of
$2,500,000 or more and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been
vacated, stayed or bonded pending appeal within the time required by the
terms of such judgment or applicable law; or
(n) It shall be determined (whether by the Bankruptcy Court or by
any other judicial or administrative forum) that the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries is liable for the payment of claims arising out of any
failure to comply (or to have
<PAGE>
69
complied) with applicable Environmental Laws or regulations the payment of
which could have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(o) The Borrower or any Guarantor files any pleading seeking, or
otherwise consenting to, (i) the invalidation, subordination or other
challenging of the Liens granted to secure the Existing Obligations or
(ii) any relief under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect
to any property which secures the Existing Obligations; or
(p) (i) Any Person shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as
defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any
Plan, (ii), any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section
302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan
or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of
the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event
shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a
trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to
terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or
commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the
reasonable opinion of the Required Tranche A Lenders, likely to result in
the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any
Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA,
(v) the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the
reasonable opinion of the Required Tranche A Lenders is likely to, incur
any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or
Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or
condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in
clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all
other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(q) A Change of Control shall occur; or
(r) The Tranche B Commitments shall not have been utilized to borrow
Tranche B Loans to pay in full the remaining balance of the Existing
Lender Debt on the date of entry of the Final Order;
then, and in every such event and at any time thereafter during the continuance
of such event, and without further order of or application to the Bankruptcy
Court,
(A) the Agent may, and, at the request of the Required Tranche A
Lenders, the Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower (with a copy to
counsel for any statutory committee of unsecured creditors appointed in
the Cases and to the United States Trustee), take one or more of the
following actions, at the same or different times (PROVIDED, that with
respect to clause (iv) below and the enforcement of Liens or other
remedies with respect to the Collateral under clause (v) below, the Agent
shall provide the Borrower (with a copy to counsel for any statutory
committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Cases and to the United
States Trustee) with five Business Days' written notice prior to taking
the action contemplated thereby): (i) terminate
<PAGE>
70
forthwith the Tranche A Commitments; (ii) declare the Tranche A Loans then
outstanding to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the principal of
the Tranche A Loans, any Letter of Credit Outstandings constituting then
drawn and unreimbursed Letters of Credit, together with accrued interest
thereon and any unpaid accrued fees and all other Obligations of the
Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document in respect of
the Tranche A Commitments, the Tranche A Loans or the Letters of Credit,
shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand,
protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan
Document to the contrary notwithstanding; (iii) require the Borrower upon
demand to forthwith deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account cash in an
amount equal to 105% of the face amount of each outstanding and undrawn
Letter of Credit and, to the extent the Borrower shall fail to furnish
such funds as demanded by the Agent, the Agent shall be authorized to
debit the accounts of the Borrower maintained with the Agent in such
amount for the deposit of such amounts in the L/C Cash Collateral Account;
(iv) set-off amounts in the L/C Cash Collateral Account, the Concentration
Account or any other accounts of the Borrower and apply such amounts to
the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents; and (v) exercise any and all remedies under this Agreement, the
Orders, and applicable law available to the Agent and the Tranche A
Lenders; and
(B) on or after the Termination Date (or upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default if the Tranche A Repayment Date occurs before the
Termination Date), the Agent may, and, at the request of the Required
Tranche B Lenders, the Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower (with a copy
to counsel for any statutory committee of unsecured creditors appointed in
the Cases and to the United States Trustee), take one or more of the
following actions, at the same or different times (PROVIDED, that with
respect to clause (iv) below and the enforcement of Liens or other
remedies with respect to the Collateral, the Agent shall provide the
Borrower (with a copy to counsel for any statutory committee of unsecured
creditors appointed in the Cases and to the United States Trustee) with
five Business Days' written notice prior to taking the action contemplated
thereby): (i) terminate forthwith the Tranche B Commitments; (ii) declare
the Tranche B Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable,
whereupon the principal of the Tranche B Loans, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid accrued fees and all other Obligations of
the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document in
respect of the Tranche B Commitments or the Tranche B Loans, shall become
forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any
other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the
contrary notwithstanding; (iii) set-off amounts in the Concentration
Account or any other accounts of the Borrower and apply such amounts to
the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents; and (iv) exercise any and all remedies under this Agreement,
the Orders, and applicable law available to the Agent and the Tranche B
Lenders; PROVIDED that any proceeds of Collateral or other amounts
received by any Tranche B Lender shall be
<PAGE>
71
turned over to the Agent and applied in accordance with the Super-priority
Claim and Lien priorities set forth in subsections 4.21 and 12.4.
SECTION 10
THE AGENT
10.1. APPOINTMENT. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and
appoints Chase as the Agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes Chase, as the Agent
for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform
such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary
relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Agent.
10.2. DELEGATION OF DUTIES. The Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care.
10.3. EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS. Neither the Agent nor any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be
(i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such
Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(except for its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or
(ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals,
statements, representations or warranties made by the Borrower or any Guarantor
or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided
for in, or received by the Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan
Document or for any failure of the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder
or thereunder. The Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to
ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower.
10.4. RELIANCE BY AGENT. The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Note, writing, resolution, notice,
consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message,
statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine
and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or
Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including,
<PAGE>
72
without limitation, counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other
experts selected by the Agent. The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any
Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of
assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the
Agent. The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any
action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first
receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems
appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action (except for its gross negligence
or willful misconduct). The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in
acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the Notes and the
other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and
such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be
binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Obligations.
10.5. NOTICE OF DEFAULT. The Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless
the Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower or any Guarantor
referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and
stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that the Agent
receives such a notice, the Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The
Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as
shall be reasonably directed by the Required Tranche A Lenders; PROVIDED that
unless and until the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may
(but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such
action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem
advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
10.6. NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS. Each Lender expressly
acknowledges that neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations
or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereafter taken, including any
review of the affairs of the Borrower and the Guarantors, shall be deemed to
constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent to any Lender. Each
Lender represents to the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance
upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information
as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into
the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Borrower and the Guarantors and made its own decision to
make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also
represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals
and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform
itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition
and creditworthiness of the Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent
hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations,
property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of
the Borrower and the Guarantors
<PAGE>
73
which may come into the possession of the Agent or any of its officers,
directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
10.7. INDEMNIFICATION. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent in
its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without
limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their
respective Commitment Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification
is sought under this subsection (or, if indemnification is sought after the date
upon which the Commitments shall have terminated, ratably in accordance with the
Commitment Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and
all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any
time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the
Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or
any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by
the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; PROVIDED that no
Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the Agent's gross negligence or
willful misconduct. The agreements in this subsection shall survive the payment
of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
10.8. AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. The Agent and its Affiliates
may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of
business with the Borrower as though the Agent were not the Agent hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it
and any Note issued to it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or
participated in by it, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the
same as though it were not the Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall
include the Agent in its individual capacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all
amounts received by the Agent as a result of the exercise by the Agent of any
right of set-off with respect to any accounts maintained by it pursuant to the
cash management and collection systems maintained pursuant to subsection 8.14
shall be applied to the repayment in full of all amounts owing to the Agent and
the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents before any
such amounts may be applied to the repayment of any other Indebtedness owed by
the Borrower to the Agent in its individual capacity.
10.9. SUCCESSOR AGENT. The Agent may resign as Agent upon 30 days'
notice to the Lenders. If the Agent shall resign as Agent under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Tranche A Lenders shall appoint
from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent
shall be approved by the Borrower, whereupon such successor agent shall succeed
to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent, and the term "Agent" shall mean
such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the
former Agent's rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated, without
any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the
parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Notes. After any retiring
Agent's resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to
its benefit as to any actions taken or
<PAGE>
74
omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents.
10.10. ISSUING BANK AS LENDER. Each Lender hereby acknowledges that
the provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to the Issuing Bank, in its
capacity as issuer of the Letters of Credit, in the same manner as such
provisions are expressly stated to apply to the Agent.
SECTION 11
GUARANTEE
11.1. GUARANTEE. (a) Each of the Guarantors unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual payment and performance by the
Borrower of the Obligations. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the
Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to
or further assent from it, and it will remain bound upon this guarantee
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any of the Obligations. The
Obligations of the Guarantors shall be joint and several.
(b) Each of the Guarantors waives presentation to, demand for
payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, and also waives
notice of protest for nonpayment. The Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder
shall not be affected by (i) the failure of either the Agent or a Lender to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the
Borrower or any other Guarantor under the provisions of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any provision
hereof or thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, compromise, acceleration,
amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of any of the Loan
Documents; (iv) the release, exchange, waiver or foreclosure of any security
held by the Agent for the Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of either
of the Agent or a Lender to exercise any right or remedy against any other
Guarantor; or (vi) the release or substitution of any Guarantor or any other
Guarantor.
(c) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that this guarantee
constitutes a guarantee of performance and of payment when due and not just of
collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by either of
the Agent or a Lender to any security held for payment of the Obligations or to
any balance of any deposit, account or credit on the books of either of the
Agent or a Lender in favor of the Borrower or any other Guarantor, or to any
other Person.
(d) Each of the Guarantors hereby waives any defense that it might
have based on a failure to remain informed of the financial condition of the
Borrower and of any other Guarantor and any circumstances affecting the ability
of the Borrower to perform under this Agreement.
(e) Each Guarantor's guarantee shall not be affected by the
genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations, the
Notes or any other instrument
<PAGE>
75
evidencing any obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability,
perfection, or extent of any collateral therefor or by any other circumstance
relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to this
Guarantee. Neither Agent, nor any of the Lenders makes any representation or
warranty in respect to any such circumstances or shall have any duty or
responsibility whatsoever to any Guarantor in respect of the management and
maintenance of the Obligations.
(f) Subject to the grace periods provided by Section 9, upon the
Obligations becoming due and payable (by acceleration or otherwise), the Lenders
shall be entitled to immediate payment of such Obligations by the Guarantors
upon written demand by the Agent, without further application to or order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
11.2. NO IMPAIRMENT OF GUARANTEE. The obligations of the Guarantors
hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or
termination for any reason (other than payment in full), including, without
limitation, any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise,
and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or
termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be discharged
or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of either the Agent or a Lender
to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or
any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision thereof, by
any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the
Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other
act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of
the Guarantors or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a
matter of law, unless and until the Obligations are paid in full.
11.3. SUBROGATION. Until the Obligations guaranteed hereby have been
indefeasibly paid in full, each Guarantor hereby waives all rights of
subrogation or contribution, whether arising by contract or operation of law.
SECTION 12
REMEDIES; APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS/PROCEEDS
12.1. REMEDIES; OBTAINING THE COLLATERAL UPON DEFAULT. The Borrower
agrees that, if the Termination Date shall have occurred and the Tranche A Loans
have been accelerated, then and in every such case, to the extent any such
action is not inconsistent with the Orders and Section 9, the Agent, in addition
to any rights now or hereafter existing under applicable law, and without
application to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, shall have all rights as a
secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code in all relevant jurisdictions
and may:
(a) personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately retake
possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from the Borrower or any
other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without
notice or process of law (but subject to
<PAGE>
76
any mandatory Requirement of Law), and for that purpose may enter upon the
Borrower's or any Guarantor's premises where any of the Collateral is
located and remove the same and use in connection with such removal any
and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of the Borrower and
any Guarantor;
(b) instruct the obligor or obligors on any agreements, instrument
or other obligation constituting the Collateral to make any payment
required by the terms of such instrument or agreement directly to the
Concentration Account or the L/C Cash Collateral Account;
(c) withdraw all monies, securities and instruments in the
Concentration Account or the L/C Cash Collateral Account for application
to the Obligations;
(d) sell, assign or otherwise liquidate, or direct the Borrower and
the Guarantors to sell, assign or otherwise liquidate, any or all of the
Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any
such sale or liquidation;
(e) take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by
directing the Borrower and the Guarantors in writing to deliver the same
to the Agent at any place or places designated by the Agent, in which
event the Borrower and the Guarantors shall at its own expense:
(i) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or
places so designated by the Agent and there delivered to the Agent,
(ii) store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the
Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Agent as
provided in subsection 12.2, and
(iii) while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept,
provide such guards and maintenance services as shall be necessary
to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good
condition;
it being understood that the Borrower's and the Guarantors' obligation so to
deliver the Collateral is of the essence of this Agreement and that,
accordingly, upon application to the Bankruptcy Court, the Agent shall be
entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantors of such obligation.
12.2. REMEDIES; DISPOSITION OF THE COLLATERAL. Upon the occurrence
and continuance of an Event of Default, and to the extent not inconsistent with
the Orders and Section 9, without application to or order of the Bankruptcy
Court, any Collateral repossessed by the Agent under or pursuant to subsection
12.1 or the Orders or otherwise, and any other Collateral whether or not so
repossessed by the Agent, may be sold, assigned, leased or otherwise disposed of
under one or more contracts or as an entirety, and without the necessity of
gathering at the place of sale the property to be sold, and in general in such
manner, at such time or times, at such place or places and on such terms as the
Agent may, in
<PAGE>
77
compliance with any mandatory Requirements of Law, determine to be commercially
reasonable. Any of the Collateral may be sold, leased or otherwise disposed of,
in the condition in which the same existed when taken by the Agent or after any
overhaul or repair which the Agent shall determine to be commercially
reasonable. Any such disposition which shall be a private sale or other private
proceeding permitted by applicable Requirements of Law shall be made upon not
less than 10 days' written notice to the Borrower specifying the time at which
such disposition is to be made and the intended sale price or other
consideration therefor, and shall be subject, for the 10 days after the giving
of such notice, to the right of the Borrower or any nominee of the Borrower to
acquire the Collateral involved at a price or for such other consideration at
least equal to the intended sale price or other consideration so specified. Any
such disposition which shall be a public sale permitted by applicable
Requirements of Law shall be made upon not less than 10 days' written notice to
the Borrower specifying the time and place of such sale and, in the absence of
applicable Requirement of Law, shall be by public auction (which may, at the
Agent's option, be subject to reserve), after publication of notice of such
auction not less than 10 days prior thereto in two newspapers in general
circulation in New York City and Houston, Texas. Subject to subsection 12.4, to
the extent permitted by any such Requirement of Law, the Agent on behalf of the
Lenders and/or the holders of the Notes may bid for and become the purchaser of
the Collateral or any item thereof, offered for sale in accordance with this
subsection 12.2 without accountability to the Borrower or any Guarantor or the
Existing Lenders (except to the extent of surplus money received as provided in
subsection 12.4). If, under mandatory Requirements of Law, the Agent shall be
required to make disposition of the Collateral within a period of time which
does not permit the giving of notice to the Borrower or any Guarantor as
hereinabove specified, the Agent need give the Borrower only such notice of
disposition as shall be reasonably practicable.
12.3. WAIVER OF CLAIMS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS
AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTORS HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, NOTICE AND JUDICIAL HEARING IN CONNECTION WITH THE AGENT'S
TAKING POSSESSION OR THE AGENT'S DISPOSITION OF ANY OF THE COLLATERAL,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL PRIOR NOTICE AND HEARING FOR ANY
PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OR REMEDIES AND ANY SUCH RIGHT WHICH THE BORROWER WOULD
OTHERWISE HAVE UNDER ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW AND THE BORROWER HEREBY FURTHER
WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW:
(i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession except
any damages which are the direct result of the Agent's or any Lender's
gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
(ii) all other requirement to the time, place and terms of sale
or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Agent's
rights hereunder; and
(iii) all rights of redemption, appraisement, valuation, stay,
extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law
in order to prevent or
<PAGE>
78
delay the enforcement of this Agreement or the absolute sale of the
Collateral or any portion thereof, and the Borrower and each Guarantor,
for itself and all who may claim under it, insofar as it or they now or
hereafter lawfully may, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws.
12.4. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS; PRIORITY OF TRANCHE A LOANS AND
LETTER OF CREDIT OUTSTANDINGS. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (i) if the Agent takes
action under clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (A) (or paragraph (B), when
applicable) of Section 9 upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, any payment by the Borrower or any Guarantor on account of
principal of and interest on the Loans and any proceeds arising out of any
realization (including after foreclosure) upon the Collateral shall be applied
as follows: FIRST, to the payment in full of all costs and expenses (including
without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements) paid or
incurred by the Agent or any of the Lenders in connection with any such
realization upon the Collateral, SECOND, as a permanent reduction of the Tranche
A Commitments, pro rata to the payment in full of the Tranche A Loans (including
any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and any fees and other Obligations in
respect thereof), THIRD, as a permanent reduction of the Tranche A Commitments,
to the payment in full of Letter of Credit Outstandings constituting
unreimbursed drawings under any Letter of Credit, FOURTH, as a permanent
reduction of the Tranche A Commitments, to cash collateralize Letters of Credit
in an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit
Outstandings constituting undrawn Letters of Credit in the manner set forth in
subsection 3.1(b), FIFTH, to the payment in full of the principal of and
interest on the Tranche B Loans, and SIXTH, to the payment in full of the
Existing Obligations, and (ii) any payments or distributions of any kind or
character, whether in cash, property or securities, made by the Borrower or any
Guarantor or otherwise in a manner inconsistent with clause (i) of this
subsection 12.4(a) shall be held in trust and paid over or delivered to the
Agent so that the priorities and requirements set forth in such clause (i) are
satisfied.
(b) It is understood that the Borrower and the Guarantors shall
remain liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds
of the Collateral and the amount of the Obligations.
12.5. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. Each and every right, power and remedy
hereby specifically given to the Agent shall be in addition to every other
right, power and remedy specifically given under this Agreement, the Orders or
the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by
statute and each and every right, power and remedy whether specifically herein
given or otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time or simultaneously
and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the Agent. All such
rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and the exercise or the
beginning of exercise of one shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to
exercise of any other or others. No delay or omission of the Agent in the
exercise of any such right, power or remedy and no renewal or extension of any
of the Obligations shall impair any such right, power or remedy or shall be
construed to be a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence
therein. In the event that the Agent shall bring any suit to enforce any of its
rights hereunder and shall be entitled to judgment, then in such suit the Agent
may recover
<PAGE>
79
reasonable expenses, including attorney's fees, and the amounts thereof shall be
included in such judgment.
12.6. DISCONTINUANCE OF PROCEEDINGS. In case the Agent shall have
instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this
Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall
have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined
adversely to the Agent, then and in every such case the Borrower, the Agent and
each holder of any of the Obligations shall be restored to their former
positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Collateral subject to the
security interest created under this Agreement, and all rights, remedies and
powers of the Agent and the Lenders shall continue as if no such proceeding had
been instituted.
SECTION 13
MISCELLANEOUS
13.1. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. None of this Agreement, any Note, any
other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended,
supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this
subsection 13.1. The Required Tranche A Lenders may, or, with the written
consent of the Required Tranche A Lenders, the Agent may, from time to time, (a)
enter into with the Borrower and the Guarantors written amendments, supplements
or modifications hereto, to the Notes and to the other Loan Documents for the
purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower
or the Guarantors hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and
conditions as the Required Tranche A Lenders or the Agent, as the case may be,
may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement, the
Notes or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its
consequences; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such waiver and no such amendment,
supplement or modification shall (u) reduce the amount of any Note or of any
installment thereof, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable
hereunder or increase the amount of any Lender's Commitment, or modify the
Super-priority Claim status of the Lenders in respect of any Lender's Loans or
other extensions of credit, in each case without the consent of each Lender
affected thereby (PROVIDED that the amount and number of members of the class of
claimholders in which the Tranche B Lenders are classified (or otherwise
proposed to be treated) necessary to approve the treatment of the Tranche B
Loans and related obligations under a Reorganization Plan in any of the Cases
shall be governed by the voting requirements of Section 1126(c) of the
Bankruptcy Code), (v) without the consent of all the Tranche A Lenders, (i)
amend, modify or waive any provision of subsection 8.15 or this subsection 13.1
or any other provision of any subsection hereof expressly requiring the consent
of all the Tranche A Lenders, (ii) waive a Default or Event of Default under
paragraph f(ii) of Section 9, (iii) reduce the percentage specified in the
definition of Required Tranche A Lenders or Supermajority Tranche A Lenders,
(iv) waive the condition precedent set forth in subsection 6.2(c) (unless the
related Default or Event of Default could be waived by less than all the Tranche
A Lenders) (v) release any funds on deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account
(other than to pay Letter of Credit Outstandings), (vi) release all or a
material portion of the Collateral for the
<PAGE>
80
Obligations or (vii) extend the scheduled date of any payment, including the
Maturity Date, of the Tranche A Loans or, except as permitted pursuant to
subsection 7.14, the Tranche B Loans (PROVIDED that, subject to subsection 7.14,
any such extended Maturity Date shall be the same date for the Tranche A Loans
and the Tranche B Loans), (w) without the written consent of all the Lenders,
consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any of
its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
(x) without the written consent of all the Tranche B Lenders, (i) reduce the
percentage specified in the definition of Required Tranche B Lenders, (ii)
amend, modify or waive any provision of subsection 7.14 or this clause (x) of
this subsection 13.1, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this
Agreement, or waive any Default or Event of Default with respect to any such
provision of this Agreement, which expressly provides for the consent of all the
Tranche B Lenders, (y) without the consent of the Supermajority Tranche A
Lenders, (i) increase the Maximum Outstanding Amount or (ii) amend, supplement
or modify, or waive non-compliance with, subsections 8.1(a) and (b) or (z)
amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent
of the then Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or
modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding
upon the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders, the Agent and all future holders
of the Notes. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the
Lenders and the Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights
hereunder and under the outstanding Notes and any other Loan Documents, and any
Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not
continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default
or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. After the Tranche A
Repayment Date, the references in this Agreement to "Required Tranche A Lenders"
and "Tranche A Loans" shall be deemed references to "Required Tranche B Lenders"
and "Tranche B Loans," respectively, and references to "Supermajority Tranche A
Lenders" shall be deemed a reference to holders of 662/3% of the Tranche B
Loans.
13.2. NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the
respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by
telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to
have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three Business Days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy
notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the
Agent, and as set forth in Schedule 1.1 in the case of the other parties hereto,
or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties
hereto and any future holders of the Notes:
<PAGE>
81
The Borrower and the Guarantors:
A.P.S., Inc.
World Houston Plaza
15710 John F. Kennedy Boulevard Suite 700
Houston, Texas 77032-2347
Attention: John Hendrix, Chief Financial Officer
Telecopier No.: (713) 507-1153
Telephone No.: (713) 507-1423
Attention: E. Eugene Lauver, General Counsel
Telecopier No.: (713) 507-1367
Telephone No.: (713) 507-1135
Attention: Bettina Whyte
Telecopier No.: (713) 507-1323
Telephone No.: (713) 507-1108
with a copy to: Willkie Farr & Gallagher
153 East 53rd Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Marc Abrams
Telecopier No.: (212) 821-8111
Telephone No.: (212) 821-8200
The Agent: The Chase Manhattan Bank
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Charles Freedgood
Telecopier No.: (212) 270-2411
Telephone No.: (212) 270-7730
Attention: Cathryn Greene
Telecopier No.: (212) 270-2411
Telephone No.: (212) 270-1269
with a copy to: The Chase Manhattan Bank
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Norma Corio
Telecopier No.: (212) 949-1459
Telephone No.: (212) 270-5176
<PAGE>
82
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Steve Fuhrman
Telecopier No.: (212) 455-2502
Telephone No.: (212) 455-2000
PROVIDED that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Agent or the Lenders
shall not be effective until received.
13.3. NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure to exercise and no
delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges
herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers
and privileges provided by law.
13.4. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All
representations and warranties made herein and in any document, certificate or
statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes.
13.5. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES AND TAXES. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay
or reimburse the Agent and the Lenders for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with the development, preparation and
execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement,
the Notes and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in
connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent and to the several
Lenders and professionals engaged by the Agent and the Lenders, (b) to pay or
reimburse each Lender and the Agent for all its costs and expenses reasonably
incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under
this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents and any such other
documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements
of counsel to the Agent and to the several Lenders and professionals engaged by
the Agent and the Lenders, and (c) to pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each
Lender and the Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all
liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp,
excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable
in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or
administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment,
supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of,
this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents and any such other
documents, (d) to pay all the actual and reasonable expenses of the Agent and
each Lender related to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Loans or
the Letters of Credit in connection with the Cases (including, without
limitation, the on-going monitoring by the Agent and each Lender of the Cases,
including attendance by the
<PAGE>
83
Agent, each such Lender and the Agent's counsel at hearings or other proceedings
and the on-going review of documents filed with the Bankruptcy Court) and (e) to
pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and the Agent (and their
respective directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and
all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance,
preservation of rights and administration of this Agreement, the Notes, the
other Loan Documents or the use of the proceeds of the Loans and any such other
documents (all the foregoing in this clause (e), collectively, the "indemnified
liabilities"), PROVIDED, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to
the Agent or any Lender with respect to indemnified liabilities arising from (i)
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such Lender, (ii)
legal proceedings commenced against the Agent or such Lender by any security
holder or creditor thereof arising out of and based upon rights afforded any
such security holder or creditor solely in its capacity as such, (iii) legal
proceedings commenced against the Agent or any such Lender by any other Lender
or by any Transferee, or (iv) any event which results solely from actions taken
by the Agent or such Lender that are within the sole control of the Agent or
such Lender, as the case may be, and do not in any way involve the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Without limiting the Borrower's
obligations to pay such reasonable fees and expenses, the Agent shall notify the
Borrower promptly after the engagement of any such counsel or other
professionals referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (d) above. The agreements in
this subsection shall survive repayment of the Notes and all other amounts
payable hereunder. Except for the Carve-Out, the Borrower shall not be entitled
to assert any charges under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code against any
Collateral securing the Obligations under this Agreement, any of the Loan
Documents or any Collateral securing the Existing Lender Debt.
13.6. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; PARTICIPATIONS; PURCHASING LENDERS.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, all future
holders of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, except that
neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may assign or transfer any of its rights
or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each
Lender.
(b) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking
business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more
banks or other entities ("PARTICIPANTS") participating interests in any Loan
owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such
Lender or any other interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest
to a Participant, such Lender's obligations under this Agreement to the other
parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain
solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the
holder of any such Note for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. No Lender shall
grant any participation under which the Participant shall have the right to
require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder or approve
<PAGE>
84
any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan
Document, except to the extent such amendment or waiver would: (i) extend the
final maturity date of, or extend any date for payment of any principal,
interest or fees applicable to, the Loans or Commitments in which such
Participant is participating, (ii) reduce the interest rate or the amount of
principal or fees applicable to the Loans in which such Participant is
participating or (iii) release any Lien granted pursuant to subsection 4.21(a)
hereof and the Orders. The Borrower agrees that if amounts outstanding under
this Agreement and the Notes are due or unpaid, or shall have been declared or
shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect of its
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and any Note to the
same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly
to it as a Lender under this Agreement or any Note, PROVIDED that, in purchasing
such participating interest, such Participant shall be deemed to have agreed to
share with the Lenders the proceeds thereof as provided in subsection 13.7(a) as
fully as if it were a Lender hereunder. The Borrower also agrees that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of subsections 4.12, 4.14 and 4.15
with respect to its participation in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding
from time to time as if it were a Lender; PROVIDED that, in the case of
subsection 4.15, such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of
said subsection; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no Participant shall be entitled to
receive any greater amount pursuant to such subsections than the transferor
Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the
participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no
such transfer occurred.
(c) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking
business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to any Lender
or any affiliate thereof or any affiliate of such selling Lender, and with the
consent of the Agent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and with notice
to the Borrower, to one or more additional banks or financial institutions (each
a "PURCHASING LENDER") all or any part of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement and the Notes pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially
in the form of Exhibit G, executed by such Purchasing Lender, such transferor
Lender (and, in the case of a Purchasing Lender that is not then a Lender or an
affiliate thereof, by the Agent) and delivered to the Agent for its acceptance
and recording in the Register; PROVIDED, that no such sale shall be in an
aggregate principal amount of less than $5,000,000 (other than in the case of an
assignment of all of a Lender's interests under this Agreement and the Loans);
PROVIDED, FURTHER that prior to the Existing Lender Debt Repayment Date, no
Tranche B Lender shall sell any Tranche B Commitment and/or Tranche B Loan
unless such Tranche B Lender also simultaneously sells to the same purchaser a
corresponding percentage amount of such Tranche B Lender's Existing Lender Debt.
Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the
effective date of such transfer determined pursuant to and as defined in such
Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the Purchasing Lender thereunder shall be a party
hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the
rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder with a Commitment as set forth
therein, and (y) the transferor Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this
Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the
remaining portion of a transferor Lender's rights and obligations under this
Agreement, such transferor
<PAGE>
85
Lender shall cease to be a party hereto). Such Assignment and Acceptance shall
be deemed to amend this Agreement (including Schedule 1.1 hereof) to the extent,
and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing
Lender and the resulting adjustment of Tranche A Commitment Percentages and
Commitments arising from the purchase by such Purchasing Lender of all or a
portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this
Agreement and the Notes. On or prior to the effective date of such transfer
determined pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, the Borrower, at its own
expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the Note(s) of
the transferor Lender new Note(s) to the order of such Purchasing Lender in an
amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance and, if the transferor Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder,
new Note(s) to the order of the transferor Lender in an amount equal to the
Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Notes shall be dated the Closing
Date and shall otherwise be in the form of the Note(s) replaced thereby. The
Note(s) surrendered by the transferor Lender shall be returned by the Agent to
the Borrower marked "cancelled".
(d) The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in
subsection 13.2 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a
register (the "REGISTER") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each
Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in
the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may
treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the
Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time
and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by a
transferor Lender and Purchasing Lender (and, in the case of a Purchasing Lender
that is not then a Lender or an affiliate thereof, by the Agent) together with
payment to the Agent of a registration and processing fee of $4,000, the Agent
shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance (ii) on the effective
date of such transfer determined pursuant thereto record the information
contained therein in the Register and give notice of such acceptance and
recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower.
(f) The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any
Participant or Purchasing Lender (each, a "TRANSFEREE") and any prospective
Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender's possession
concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates which has been delivered to such
Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the
Borrower in connection with such Lender's credit evaluation of the Borrower and
its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.
(g) Nothing herein shall prohibit any Lender from pledging or
assigning any Note to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable
law.
<PAGE>
86
13.7. ADJUSTMENTS; SET-OFF. (a) Subject to subsections 4.21 and
12.4, if any Lender (a "BENEFITTED LENDER") shall at any time receive any
payment of all or part of its Loans or the Letter of Credit Outstandings owing
to it, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof
(whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off or otherwise), in a greater
proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender,
if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans or the Letter of Credit
Outstandings owing to it, or interest thereon, such benefitted Lender shall
purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such
portion of each such other Lender's Loans or the Letter of Credit Outstandings
owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such
payment or collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause
such benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such payment
or collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter
recovered from such benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the
purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but
without interest.
(b) Subject to (i) the Carve-Out and (ii) the giving of the notice
as described Section 9, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 362 of the
Bankruptcy Code and any other rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by
law, each Lender shall have the right upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
to set-off and apply against any indebtedness, whether matured or unmatured, of
the Borrower under this Agreement, any amount owing from such Lender to the
Borrower, at or at any time after, the happening of any Event of Default,
subject in each case to Section 9 of this Agreement.
13.8. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of
the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of
said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.
13.9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES AND THE
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND
THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND, TO
THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.
13.10. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS. (a) Each party to this
Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits for itself and its
property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in
respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy
Court and, if the Bankruptcy Court does not have (or abstains from)
jurisdiction, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of any State or Federal
court of competent jurisdiction sitting in New York, New York.
(b) Each party hereto unconditionally waives trial by jury in any
legal action or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above and any counterclaim
therein.
<PAGE>
87
13.11. ABSENCE OF PREJUDICE TO THE EXISTING LENDERS WITH RESPECT TO
MATTERS BEFORE THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. The Borrower and each Guarantor
acknowledges that the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules require it to seek
Bankruptcy Court authorization for certain matters that may also be addressed in
this Agreement. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor will (a) mention in any
pleading or argument before the Bankruptcy Court in support of, or in any way
relating to, a position that Bankruptcy Court authorization should be granted on
the ground that such authorization is permitted by this Agreement (unless a
Person opposing any such pleading or argument relies on this Agreement to assert
or question the propriety of such) or (b) in any way attempt to support a
position before the Bankruptcy Court based on the provisions of this Agreement.
The Agent or any Lender, in its capacity as the agent under the Existing Credit
Agreement or an Existing Lender, respectively, shall be free to bring, oppose or
support any matter before the Bankruptcy Court no matter how treated in this
Agreement, and the fact that the Agent is also the agent and any Lender is also
an Existing Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement shall in no way prejudice
the rights of the Agent or any Existing Lender under the Existing Credit
Agreement or hereunder.
13.12. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each Lender agrees to keep confidential all
information provided to it by the Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to this
Agreement; PROVIDED, that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from
disclosing any such information (i) to the Agent or any other Lender, (ii) to
any Transferee or prospective Transferee which agrees to comply with the
provisions of this subsection, (iii) to its employees, directors, agents,
attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors, (iv) upon the request or
demand, or in accordance with the requirements (including reporting
requirements), of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such
Lender, (v) in response to any court or other Governmental Authority or as may
otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (vi) which has been
publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, or (vii) in
connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and the year first written.
A.P.S., INC.
By: E. EUGENE LAUVER
Name: E. Eugene Lauver
Title: Senior Vice President
GUARANTORS:
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
BIG A AUTO PARTS, INC.
AUTOPARTS FINANCE COMPANY, INC.
APS SUPPLY, INC.
AMERICAN PARTS SYSTEM, INC.
A.P.S. MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
INSTALLERS' SERVICE WAREHOUSE, INC.
PARTS, INC.
PRESATT, INC.
By: E. EUGENE LAUVER
Name: E. Eugene Lauver
Title: Senior Vice President
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, INDIVIDUALLY, AS
THE ISSUING BANK AND AS AGENT
By: Cathryn A. Greene
Name: Cathryn A. Greene
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
AMSOUTH BANK OF ALABAMA
By: SCOTT CORRIGAN
Name: Scott Corrigan
Title: Vice President
BANKERS TRUST
By: ROSEMARY LADUNNE
Name: Rosemary Ladunne
Title: Vice President
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By: J.B. LIFTON
Name: J.B. Lifton
Title: Vice President
BANK ONE, N.A.
By: MICHAEL A. REEVES
Name: Michael A. Reeves
Title: Assistant Vice President
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
By: GREGORY A. HANLEY
Name: Gregory A. Hanley
Title: Senior Managing Director
<PAGE>
D.K. ACQUISITION PARTNERS, LP
BY: M. H. DAVIDSON & CO., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By: THOMAS L. KEMPNER, JR.
Name: Thomas L. Kempner, Jr.
Title: General Partner
FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: KAREN S. SENDLER
Name: Karen S. Sendler
Title: Vice President
THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED, HOUSTON AGENCY
By: PHILIP C. LAUINGER III
Name: Philip C. Lauinger III
Title: Vice President & Manager
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
By: NEIL BRISSON
Name: Neil Brisson
Title: Director
NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
By: LOU ANN CURNYN
Name: Lou Ann Curnyn
Title: Vice President
By: E. LYNN FORGOSH
Name: E. Lynn Forgosh
Title: Group Vice President
<PAGE>
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
By: WILLIAM E. LIVINGSTONE, IV
Name: William E. Livingstone, IV
Title: Senior Vice President
QUANTUM PARTNERS LDC
By: GABE NECHAMKIN
Name: Gabe Nechamkin
Title: Attorney-In-Fact
SOCIETE GENERALE
By: HARRY T. NULLET
Name: Harry T. Nullet
Title: VICE PRESIDENT
SWISS BANK CORP.
By: CHRISTINE DALEY
Name: Christine Daley
Title: Executive Director
By: James Dunlessie
Name: James Dunlessie
Title: Executive Director
WELLS FARGO BANK (TEXAS), NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
By: ROGER FREUNDT
Name: Roger Freundt
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
Schedule 1.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================
Names and Addresses
of Lenders Tranche A Commitment Tranche B Commitment
===============================================================================================
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
The Chase Manhattan Bank $35,716,822.31 $17,070,000.00
DIP Financing Group
270 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attn: Norma Corio
Tel: (212) 270-5176
Fax: (212) 949-1459
Attn: Cathryn Greene
Tel: (212) 270-1269
Fax: (212) 270-2411
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AmSouth Bank of Alabama N/A $11,380,000.00
1900 Fifth Avenue North
Sonat Tower, 6th Floor
Birmingham, AL 35288
Attn: Robert DeHaven
Tel: (205) 326-5075
Fax: (205) 326-5601
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bankers Trust Company N/A $11,380,000.00
130 Liberty Street, 14th Street
New York, New York 10006
Attn: Ryan Zanin
Tel: (212) 250-5089
Fax: (212) 250-6314
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Bank of New York $5,000,000.00 $11,380,000.00
One Wall Street, 22nd Floor
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Jay Lifton
Tel: (212) 635-7292
Fax: (212) 635-7290
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank One, N.A. $8,333,333.33 $18,966,666.66
100 East Broad Street
Columbus, Ohio 43271-0209
Attn: Douglas H. Klamfoth
Tel: (614) 248-5839
Fax: (614) 248-5518
<PAGE>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. $4,706,860.08 $10,712,813.54
245 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10167
Attn: Ross Weiner
Tel: (212) 272-5831
Fax: (212) 272-8102
Attn: Jennifer Herskowitz
Tel: (212) 272-6161
Fax: (212) 272-8079
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D.K. Acquisition Partners $3,783,177.70 $8,610,512.51
885 Third Avenue, Suite 3300
New York, New York 10022
Attn: M. Barbara Scholl
Tel: (212) 371-0656
Fax: (212) 371-4318
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foothill Capital $5,000,000.00 $11,380,000.00
11111 Santa Monica Boulevard #1500
Los Angeles, CA 90025
Attn: Jeff Nikora
Tel: (310) 996-7152
Fax: (310) 479-0461
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Fuji Bank, Limited, Houston N/A $18,966,666.67
Agency
1221 McKinney Street, Suite 4100
Houston, TX 77010
Attn: Greg Parten
Tel: (713) 650-7851
Fax: (713) 759-0048
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith N/A $5,310,666.67
Incorporated
World Financial Center
North Tower
New York, New York 10281-1307
Attn: Arlena Filipowicz
Tel: (212) 449-8902
Fax: (212) 449-0188
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Bank of Canada $2,000,000.00 $11,380,000.00
2121 San Jacinto, Suite 1850
Dallas, TX 75201
Attn: Randall K. Wilhoit
Tel: (214) 871-1260
Fax: (214) 871-2015
<PAGE>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NationsBank of Texas, National N/A $10,356,154.21
Association
901 Main Street, 66th Floor
Dallas, TX 75202
Attn: William E. Livingstone IV
Tel: (214) 508-2023
Fax: (214) 508-3533
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantum Partners LDC $10,833,333.33 $24,656,666.66
888 Seventh Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10106
Attn: Mark Sonnino
Tel: (212) 397-5541
Fax: (212) 586-4537
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Societe Generale $6,000,000.00 $13,656,000.00
Asset Recovery Group
1221 Avenue of the Americas, 43rd Fl.
New York, NY 10020
Attn: Harry Nullet
Tel: (212) 278-6451
Fax: (212) 278-6460
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Swiss Bank Corp. $3,626,473.25 $8,253,853.13
222 Broadway, 20th Floor
New York, New York 10038
Attn: Christine Daley
Tel: (212) 574-5718
Fax: (212) 574-5744/5745
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Bank (Texas), National $15,000,000.00 $34,140,000.00
Association
1000 Louisiana Street 4th Floor MAC 5001-047 Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Roger Freundt
Tel: (713) 250-2361
Fax: (713) 250-7004
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL: $100,000,000.00 $227,600,000.00
===============================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 2.1
MAXIMUM OUTSTANDING AMOUNT OF TRANCHE A LOANS
APPLICABLE MONTH AMOUNT
February 1998 $40,000,000
March 1998 $40,000,000
April 1998 $55,000,000
May 1998 $60,000,000
June 1998 $60,000,000
July 1998 $65,000,000
August 1998 $60,000,000
September 1998 $55,000,000
October 1998 $50,000,000
November 1998 $50,000,000
December 1998 $45,000,000
January 1999 $40,000,000
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 5.5
SUBSIDIARIES; PRE-PETITION INVESTMENTS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
Big A Auto Parts, Inc.
Autoparts Finance Company, Inc.
APS Supply, Inc.
American Parts System, Inc.
A.P.S. Management Services, Inc.
Installers' Service Warehouse, Inc.
Parts, Inc.
Presatt, Inc.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 5.6
PRE-PETITION LIENS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 5.8
MATERIAL AGREEMENTS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 5.12
LITIGATION
[To be supplied by Borrower]
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 8.2(b)
PRE-PETITION INDEBTEDNESS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 8.4
PRE-PETITION GUARANTEE OBLIGATIONS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 8.11
PRE-PETITION AFCO LOANS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 8.14
BANK ACCOUNTS
[To be supplied by Borrower]
EXHIBIT 10.1.31
FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of February 26, 1998 (this "FIRST
AMENDMENT") to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Guarantee Agreement, dated as
of February 2, 1998 (as heretofore amended, supplemented or otherwise modified,
the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among A.P.S., Inc., a Delaware corporation and
debtor-in-possession (the "COMPANY"), APS Holding Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("HOLDING"), each of the direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the
Company party thereto (together with Holding, the "GUARANTORS"), each of which
Guarantors is a debtor-in-possession (the Company and the Guarantors,
collectively, the "DEBTORS"), the several banks and other financial institutions
from time to time party thereto (collectively, the "LENDERS"), and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Debtors, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to the
Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS the Debtors have requested that the Lenders agree to amend
the Credit Agreement to permit the Debtors to (i) return goods in respect of, or
pay, valid reclamation claims asserted under Bankruptcy Code ss. 546(c) and (ii)
grant junior liens pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code ss. 546(c)(2)(B) in favor of
the holders of valid reclamation claims; and
WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to agree to such amendments, but
only upon the terms and conditions of this First Amendment;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good
and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Company, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent hereby agree as follows:
I. DEFINED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
2. AMENDMENT TO SUBSECTION 8.3. Subsection 8.3 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by (a) deleting the word "and" at the end of
paragraph (i) of said subsection, (b) deleting the period at the end of
paragraph (j) of said subsection and substituting therefor "; and", and (c)
adding the following new paragraph (k) to the end of said subsection:
"(k) Liens granted by an order of the Bankruptcy
Court pursuant to Section 546(c)(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code to
secure valid reclamation claims, PROVIDED that such Liens shall be
junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the Liens securing
the Existing Obligations."
3. AMENDMENT TO SUBSECTION 8.16. Subsection 8.16 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following phrase immediately before
the period at the end of paragraph (a) of said subsection: ", PROVIDED that the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make payments on account of, or transfer
property subject to, valid reclamation claims pursuant to an order of the
Bankruptcy Court so long as the sum of any such cash payments PLUS the book
value of all property so transferred does not exceed $4,000,000".
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; NO DEFAULT. After giving effect
to this First Amendment, the Debtors hereby represent and warrant that all
representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are true and
correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate to a specific earlier
date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of such earlier date) and that no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the
execution and delivery of this First Amendment.
5. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS FIRST AMENDMENT. This First
Amendment shall be effective upon receipt by the Agent of counterparts hereof
duly executed by the Company, the Guarantors and
<PAGE>
2
the Required Tranche A Lenders.
6. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) Except as expressly amended by this First
Amendment, the Credit Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and
effect in accordance with its terms, and this First Amendment shall not
constitute the Lenders' consent or indicate their willingness to consent to any
other amendment, modification or waiver of the Credit Agreement or the other
Loan Documents.
(b) This First Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto on
one or more counterparts, and all of such counterparts shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument. This First Amendment may be delivered by
facsimile transmission of the relevant signature pages hereof.
(c) This First Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and
interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
<PAGE>
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First
Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized
officers as of the date first above written.
A.P.S., INC.
By: /S/BETTINA M. WHYTE
Title: President
GUARANTORS:
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
BIG A AUTO PARTS, INC.
AUTOPARTS FINANCE COMPANY, INC.
APS SUPPLY, INC.
AMERICAN PARTS SYSTEM, INC.
A.P.S. MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
INSTALLERS' SERVICE WAREHOUSE, INC.
PARTS, INC.
PRESATT, INC.
By: /S/ BETTINA M. WYTE
Title: President
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, INDIVIDUALLY, AS
THE ISSUING BANK AND AS AGENT
By: /S/ CATHRYN A. GREENE
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
5
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By: /S/ JULIE B. FOLLOSCO
Title: Vice President
BANK ONE, N.A.
By: /S/ J. RALPH PARKER
Title: Vice President
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
D.K. ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.
BY: M.H. DAVIDSON & CO., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By: /S/ MICHAEL J. LEFFELL
Title: General Partner
FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /S/ JEFF NIKORA
Title: Vice President
NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
7
QUANTUM PARTNERS LDC
By: /S/ MARK SONNINO
Title: Attorney in Fact
SOCIETE GENERALE
By: /S/ HARRY T. NULLET
Title: Vice President
SWISS BANK CORP.
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
WELLS FARGO BANK (TEXAS), NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
By: /S/ ROGER FRUENDT
Title: Vice President
EXHIBIT 11.1
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27,
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
SHARES FOR BASIC AND DILUTED COMPUTATIONS:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding ................... 13,782 13,741 13,725
Dilutive impact of stock options ............................ 0* 0* 176
-------- -------- --------
Dilutive weighted average shares outstanding................. 13,782 13,741 13,901
======== ======== ========
NET INCOME (LOSS) FOR BASIC AND DILUTED COMPUTATIONS:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item ..................... ($95,293) ($10,836) $ 9,236
Extraordinary item - charges resulting from extinguishment
of debt, net of income taxes .............................. -- -- (2,468)
-------- -------- --------
Net income (loss) ...................................... ($95,293) ($10,836) $ 6,768
======== ======== ========
BASIC NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item ..................... ($ 6.91) ($ 0.79) $ 0.67
Extraordinary item - charges resulting from extinguishment
of debt, net of income taxes .............................. -- -- (0.18)
-------- -------- --------
Basic net income (loss) per share ...................... ($ 6.91) ($ 0.79) $ 0.49
======== ======== ========
DILUTED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item ..................... ($ 6.91) ($ 0.79) $ 0.66
Extraordinary item - charges resulting from extinguishment
of debt, net of income taxes .............................. -- -- (0.18)
-------- -------- --------
Diluted net income (loss) per share .................... ($ 6.91) ($ 0.79) $ 0.48
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
* Due to the anti-dilutive effect of the stock options on both basic and
diluted loss per share ("LPS"), such amounts have been excluded from LPS.
EXHIBIT 12.0
APS HOLDING CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, JANUARY 25, JANUARY 27, JANUARY 28, JANUARY 29,
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings (loss) before writedown on
available-for-sale securities
interest expense and income taxes ....... ($41,066) $11,213 $30,939 $38,372 $26,144
Portion of operating rents deemed
representative of an interest factor .... 8,946 9,597 5,745 3,780 2,858
-------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before fixed charges ....... ($32,120) $20,810 $36,684 $42,152 $29,002
======== ======= ======= ======= =======
Interest expense ........................... $ 32,590 $27,296 $16,256 $10,500 $22,039
Portion of operating rents deemed
representative of an interest factor .... 8,946 9,597 5,745 3,780 2,858
-------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Fixed charges .............................. $ 41,536 $36,893 $22,001 $14,280 $24,897
======== ======= ======= ======= =======
Earnings to fixed charges (1)............... -- -- 1.7 3.0 1.2
======== ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
(1) Fiscal year 1998 and 1997 earnings are not adequate to cover fixed
charges. The coverage deficit for fiscal year 1998 and 1997 was
$73,656, and $16,083, respectively.
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF APS HOLDING CORPORATION, INC.
JURISDICTION OF PERCENTAGE OF ISSUED
INCORPORATION AND OUTSTANDING
NAME OF COMPANY OR ORGANIZATION CAPITAL STOCK OWNED
- --------------- --------------- -------------------
I. SUBSIDIARIES OF APS HOLDING CORPORATION
---------------------------------------
A.P.S., Inc. Delaware 100%
II. SUBSIDIARIES OF A.P.S., INC.
----------------------------
American Parts System, Inc. Delaware 100%
APS Supply, Inc. Texas 100%
A.P.S. Management Services, Inc. Delaware 100%
Autoparts Finance Company, Inc. Delaware 100%
Big A Auto Parts, Inc. Delaware 100%
Parts, Inc. Tennessee 100%
Presatt, Inc. Delaware 100%
III. SUBSIDIARIES OF AMERICAN PARTS SYSTEM, INC.
-------------------------------------------
Installers' Service Warehouse, Inc. Delaware 100%
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in registration statements of APS
Holding Corporation on Form S-8 (File Nos. 33-76178, 33-90486,333-10217 and
333-10233) and Form S-4 (File No. 333-3982) of our report, which includes an
explanatory paragraph addressing the existence of substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern, dated April 28, 1998, on our
audits of the consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedules of APS Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and
January 25, 1997, and for the years ended January 31, 1998, January 25, 1997 and
January 27, 1996, which report is included in this Annual Report of Form 10-K.
/s/ COOPERS and LYBRAND L.L.P.
Houston, Texas
April 28, 1998
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED
FROM 1/31/98 10K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-END> JAN-31-1998
<CASH> 4,574
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 99,223
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 253,394
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 377,262
<PP&E> 41,054
<DEPRECIATION> 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 486,911
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 464,253
<BONDS> 0
0
0
<COMMON> 138
<OTHER-SE> 18,476
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 486,911
<SALES> 812,942
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 812,942
<CGS> 553,596
<TOTAL-COSTS> 553,596
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 305,912
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 32,590
<INCOME-PRETAX> (75,572)
<INCOME-TAX> 19,721
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (95,293)
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> (95,293)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (6.91)
<EPS-DILUTED> (6.91)
</TABLE>
